Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
3209 HARDING ST; ; FPC2017-0140; Permit
PERMIT REPORT (7city of Carlsbad Print Date: 10/15/2021 Permit No: FPC2017-0140 Job Address: 3209 HARDING ST, CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Status: Closed - Finaled Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Fire Sprinklers Parcel #: 2041000600 Track #: Applied: 05/25/2017 Valuation: $2,669,221.00 Lot #: Issued: 10/16/2017 Occupancy Group: Project #: DEV16027 Finaled Close Out: 08/11/2021 #of Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: Inspector: Plan Check #: Final Inspection: Project Title: PINE AV COMMUNITY CENTER Description: PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY CENTER -SPRINKLER (NEW) >100 FPContractor: A-i FIRE PROTECTION INC 8655 MIRAMAR PL SAN DIEGO, CA 92121-2562 (858) 623-2733 FEE AMOUNT FIRE Expedited Plan Review Per Hour-Office Hours $264.00 FIRE Expedited Plan Review Per Hour- Office Hours $132.00 FIRE Expedited Plan Review Per Hour - Office Hours $132.00 FIRE NFPA 13 System> 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $832.00 FIRE Plan Resub (3rd&Subsequent Submittal/hr) $132.00 Total Fees: $1,492.00 Total Payments To Date: $1,492.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 1 760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov —Ia. No. 109 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT Fire Prevention Division 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008 760.602.4665 WATER AVAILABILITY FORM SECTION A: TO BE COMPLETED BY CUSTOMER PROJECT NAME: 3209 Harding Street SR#: (Assigned upon plan submittal) PROJECT ADDRESS: 3209 Harding Street CITY: Carlsbad PHONE: ( 858 ) 592-6500 (Barnhart-Reese Construction) FAX NUMBER: Largest Building (ft.2): Sprinkled? _______________ Construction Type: SECTION B: TO BE COMPLETED BY LOCAL WATER COMPANY. CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE RESULTS TO CFD. Water Purveyor: City of Carlsbad Location of test (reference map required): Harding Street south of Pine Avenue TEST INFORMATION IS VALIb FOR 6 MONTHS FROM DATE PERFORMED Flow Test Results Static pressure: 83 4 PSI Hydrant Number (if applicable):H100245 Elevation of test: 64 Feet bate/Time of Test': Pitot Tube Reading: Corresponding Flow: Total Flow: 1,050 GPM Residual Pressure 20 PSI At peak demand , this water system is capable of providing a fire flow discharge at 20 psi of 1,675 gpm. However, this exceeds the District's criteria of no more than 10 fps in pipelines. Therefore, the maximum allowable fire flow based on District criteria is 1,050 gpm. I Test to be performed as close as possible to the time the most conservative flows and pressures are expected. Note: If the water availability information was obtained in a manner other than a flow test (i.e. computer modeling), fill out the information above as applicable and check here: x I have witnessed and/or reviewed this water flow information and by personal knowledge and/or on-site observation certify that the above information is correct. Name: Jennifer R. Mael, P.E. Eng. Lic. No. (if applicable): C69606 Signature: Title/Org: .6ct Manager Date: 06/28/2017 Legend Pipe + H ZONE -255 V \ 2\ \\' 10-1 01 16 77 \ , V 97 7 77 77 77 V N 7 7< ,7V \: I 7 V •V 3209 Harding Street - Fire Flow Analysis pp- Fire Protection by Computer Design Al FIRE PROTECTION INC 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE SAN DIEGO, CA 92131 858-623-2733 Job Name : _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Building : HOME WORK AND RECREATION ROOMS Location : 3209 HARDING STREET, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA System : AREA 2 Contract Data File : _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Area 2.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 1 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hydraulic Desion Information Sheet Name - PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS Date - 04.19.2017 Location - 3209 HARDING STREET, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA Building - HOME WORK AND RECREATION ROOMS System No. - AREA 2 Contractor - Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Contract No. - Calculated By - JOE VELASCO Drawing No. - FP-2 Construction: ( ) Combustible (X) Non-Combustible Ceiling Height - 231 -0" Occupancy - GENERAL COMMON SPACE (X) NFPA 13 (X) Lt. Haz. Ord.Haz.Gp. ( ) 1 (X) 2 ( ) 3 ( ) Ex.Haz. NFPA 231 ( ) NFPA 231C Figure Curve Other Specific Ruling Made By Date Area of Sprinkler Operation - 1561 SF System Type Sprinkler/Nozzle Density - 0.10 (X) Wet Make TYCO Area Per Sprinkler - 120 ( ) Dry Model TY-FRB Elevation at. Highest Outlet - 23.0 FT ( ) Deluge Size 1/2" Hose Allowance - Inside - ( ) Preaction K-Factor 5.6 Rack Sprinkler Allowance - ( ) Other Temp.Rat.200 Hose Allowance - Outside - 100 GPM Note Calculation Flow Required - 501.981 Press Required - 55.7276 At Node TEST Summary C-Factor Used: 120 Overhead 150 Underground W Water Flow Test: Pump Data: Tank or Reservoir: A Date of Test - 11/02/2015 Cap. - T Time of Test - Rated Cap.- Elev.- E Static Press - 83 @ Press - R Residual Press - 64 Elev. - Well Flow - 2525 Proof Flow S Elevation - 0 U P Location - HARDING STREET BETWEEN PINE AVENUE AND CHESTNUT AVENUE P L Source of Information - MISSION CONSULTING SERVICES: JENNIFER R. MAEL Y C Commodity Class Location O Storage Ht. Area Aisle W. M Storage Method: Solid Piled Palletized % Rack M Single Row ( ) Conven. Pallet ( ) Auto. Storage ( ) Encap. S R ( ) Double Row ( ) Slave Pallet ( ) Solid Shelf ( ) Non T A ( ) Mult. Row ( ) Open Shelf O C R K Flue Spacing Clearance:Storage to Ceiling A Longitudinal Transverse G E Horizontal Barriers Provided: S Y S T E M D E S I G N Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Water Supply Curve C Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 2 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 74.7 Dl - Elevation : 9.961 C2 - Residual Pressure: 57.6 D2 - System Flow : 401.981 C2 - Residual Flow : 1050 D2 - System Pressure : 55.728 Hose (Demand) :100 D3 - System Demand : 501.981 Safety Margin : 14.607 150 140 130 p120 R° - E10° 590 80 : ___ _____ ______ _______ u70 -- ____ D2 _____ _______ ________ R 60 - E 50 D3 40 30 20 10 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 FLOW ( N " 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Used Summary Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 3 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 ~ 1 11/4 1% 2 21/2 3 3Y2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 E NFPA 13 90' Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 T NFPA 139O'FlowthruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with '. The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. The diameter modification was turned off by the operator when the job was calculated. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure I Flow Summary - STANDARD Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 4 2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Node No. Elevation K-Fact Pt Actual Pn Flow Actual Density Area Press Req. 71 23.0 5.6 7.0 na 14.82 0.1 114 7.0 72 24.51 - 6.61 na 73 24.51 7.03 na 74 24.51 7.11 na 75 24.51 7.47 na 76 24.76 9.02 na 77 24.76 10.29 na 79 23.0 5.6 7.07 na 14.89 0.1 114 7.0 80 24.51 6.68 na 81 23.0 5.6 7.41 na 15.24 0.1 114 7.0 82 24.51 7.03 na 83 23.0 5.6 7.6 na 15.44 0.1 114 7.0 84 24.76 7.14 na 85 24.76 7.6 na 86 24.76 7.68 na 87 24.76 8.08 na 88 24.76 8.84 na 89 24.76 10.18 na 91 23.0 5.6 7.67 na 15.51 0.1 114 7.0 92 24.92 7.16 na 93 24.92 7.62 na 94 24.92 7.7 na 95 24.92 8.1 na 96 24.92 8.87 na 97 24.92 10.22 na 99 23.0 5.6 7.67 na 15.51 0.1 114 7.0 100 24.76 7.22 na 101 23.0 5.6 7.75 na 15.59 0.1 114 7.0 102 24.92 7.24 na 103 23.0 5.6 7.92 na 15.76 0.1 114 7.0 104 24.92 7.41 na 105 24.92 7.88 na 106 24.92 7.97 na 107 24.92 8.38 na 108 24.92 9.17 na 109 24.92 10.55 na 111 23.0 5.6 7.99 na 15.83 0.1 114 7.0 112 24.92 7.49 na 117 23.0 5.6 8.04 na 15.88 0.1 114 7.0 118 24.76 7.6 na 119 23.0 5.6 8.11 na 15.95 0.1 114 7.0 120 24.92 7.62 na 121 23.0 5.6 8.37 na 16.2 0.1 114 7.0 122 24.92 7.88 na 123 23.0 5.6 8.66 na 16.48 0.1 114 7.0 124 24.92 8.18 na 125 23.0 5.6 8.69 na 16.51 0.1 114 7.0 126 23.67 8.64 na 127 23.0 5.6 8.75 na 16.56 0.1 114 7.0 128 24.76 8.33 na 129 23.0 5.6 8.91 na 16.72 0.1 114 7.0 130 24.76 8.5 na 131 23.0 5.6 9.87 na 17.6 0.1 114 7.0 132 24.92 9.44 na 133 23.0 5.6 9.98 na 17.69 0.1 114 7.0 134 24.76 9.61 na 135 23.0 5.6 10.08 na 17.78 0.1 114 7.0 136 24.76 9.72 na 137 23.0 5.6 10.08 na 17.78 0.1 114 7.0 138 24.92 9.66 na 139 23.0 5.6 11.82 na 19.25 0.1 114 7.0 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Flow Summary - Standard Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 5 2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. - Actual Actual Rea. 140 24.92 11.83 na 141 24.92 12.74 na 98 24.92 12.93 na 142 23.67 16.43 na 143 23.67 16.89 na 113 21.09 30.12 na 144 21.09 32.17 na 114 26.84 34.08 na TOR 10.0 50.23 na BOR 0.0 55.29 na BF2 0.0 55.34 na BF1 0.0 55.48 na TEST 0.0 55.73 na 100.0 145 23.0 5.6 12.29 na 19.63 0.1 114 7.0 146 24.76 12.0 na 147 24.76 12.7 na 90 24.76 12.89 na 148 23.67 16.28 na 149 23.0 5.6 12.31 na 19.65 0.1 114 7.0 150 24.76 12.02 na 151 24.76 12.71 na 78 24.76 12.9 na 152 23.67 16.21 na 153 23.0 5.6 12.4 na 19.72 0.1 114 7.0 154 24.92 12.06 na 155 24.92 13.12 na 110 24.92 13.32 na The maximum velocity is 16.04 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 110 and 143 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 6 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C" or Ftngs Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 71 14.82 1.049 E 2.0 1.510 7.000 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.654 72 14.82 0.0746 0.0 3.510 0.262 Vel = 5.50 72 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.660 6.608 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 73 14.82 0.0747 0.0 5.660 0.423 Vel = 5.50 73 0.0 1.61 0.0 8.000 7.031 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 14.82 0.0092 0.0 8.000 0.074 Vel = 2.34 74 14.88 1.61 0.0 11.000 7.105 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 29.7 0.0336 0.0 11.000 0.370 Vel = 4.68 75 15.24 1.61 2E 8.0 14.820 7.475 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 -0.108 76 44.94 0.0722 0.0 22.820 1.648 Vel = 7.08 76 16.72 1.61 0.0 9.840 9.015 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 77 61.66 0.1298 0.0 9.840 1.277 Vel = 9.72 77 17.79 1.61 T 8.0 4.600 10.292 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 78 79.45 0.2072 0.0 12.600 2.611 VeI= 12.52 0.0 79.45 12.903 K Factor= 22.12 79 14.89 1.049 E 2.0 1.510 7.068 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.654 80 14.89 0.0755 0.0 3.510 0.265 Vel = 5.53 80 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.660 6.679 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 74 14.89 0.0753 0.0 5.660 0.426 Vel = 5.53 0.0 14.89 7.105 K Factor= 5.59 81 15.24 1.049 E 2.0 1.510 7.407 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.654 82 15.24 0.0786 0.0 3.510 0.276 Vel = 5.66 82 0.0 1.049 1 5.0 0.660 7.029 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 75 15.24 0.0788 0.0 5.660 0.446 Vel = 5.66 0.0 15.24 7.475 K Factor = 5.57 83 15.44 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 7.601 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 84 15.44 0.0806 0.0 3.760 0.303 Vel = 5.73 84 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.660 7.142 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 85 15.44 0.0806 0.0 5.660 0.456 Vel = 5.73 85 0.0 1.61 0.0 8.000 7.598 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 86 15.44 0.0100 0.0 8.000 0.080 Vel = 2.43 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 7 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 86 15.51 1.61 0.0 11.000 7.678 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 87 30.95 0.0363 0.0 11.000 0.399 Vel = 4.88 87 15.88 1.61 0.0 9.740 8.077 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 88 46.83 0.0779 0.0 9.740 0.759 Vel = 7.38 88 16.56 1.61 0.0 9.830 8.836 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 89 63.39 0.1365 0.0 9.830 1.342 Vel = 9.99 89 17.69 1.61 T 8.0 4.590 10.178 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 90 81.08 0.2153 0.0 12.590 2.710 Vel = 12.78 0.0 81.08 12.888 KFactor= 22.59 91 15.51 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 7.673 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 92 15.51 0.0814 0.0 3.920 0.319 Vel = 5.76 92 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.650 7.160 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 93 15.51 0.0814 0.0 5.650 0.460 Vel = 5.76 93 0.0 1.61 0.0 8.000 7.620 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 94 15.51 0.0101 0.0 8.000 0.081 Vel = 2.44 94 15.59 1.61 0.0 11.000 7.701 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 95 31.1 0.0365 0.0 11.000 0.402 VeI= 4.90 95 15.95 1.61 0.0 9.740 8.103 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 96 47.05 0.0786 0.0 9.740 0.766 Vel = 7.41 96 16.48 1.61 0.0 9.830 8.869 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 97 63.53 0.1370 0.0 9.830 1.347 Vel = 10.01 97 17.60 1.61 T 8.0 4.590 10.216 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 98 81.13 0.2155 0.0 12.590 2.713 Vel = 12.79 0.0 81.13 12.929 KFactor= 22.56 99 15.51 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 7.674 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 100 15.51 0.0814 0.0 3.760 0.306 Vel = 5.76 100 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.660 7.218 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 86 15.51 0.0813 0.0 5.660 0.460 Vel = 5.76 0.0 15.51 7.678 KFactor= 5.60 101 15.59 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 7.747 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 102 15.59 0.0821 0.0 3.920 0.322 Vel = 5.79 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 8 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 102 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.650 7.237 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 94 15.59 0.0821 0.0 5.650 0.464 Vel = 5.79 0.0 15.59 7.701 K Factor= 5.62 103 15.76 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 7.915 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 104 15.76 0.0839 0.0 3.920 0.329 Vel = 5.85 104 0.0 1.049 1 5.0 0.620 7.412 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 105 15.76 0.0836 0.0 5.620 0.470 Vel = 5.85 105 0.0 1.61 0.0 8.000 7.882 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 106 15.76 0.0104 0.0 8.000 0.083 Vel = 2.48 106 15.83 1.61 0.0 11.000 7.965 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 107 31.59 0.0376 0.0 11.000 0.414 Vel = 4.98 107 16.20 1.61 0.0 9.740 8.379 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 108 47.79 0.0810 0.0 9.740 0.789 Vel = 7.53 108 16.50 1.61 0.0 9.840 9.168 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 109 64.29 0.1400 0.0 9.840 1.378 Vel = 10.13 109 17.79 1.61 T 8.0 4.590 10.546 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 110 82.08 0.2202 0.0 12.590 2.772 Vel = 12.94 0.0 82.08 13.318 K Factor= 22.49 111 15.83 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 7.991 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 112 15.83 0.0847 0.0 3.920 0.332 Vel = 5.88 112 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.620 7.491 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 106 15.83 0.0843 0.0 5.620 0.474 Vel = 5.88 0.0 15.83 7.965 KFactor= 5.61 117 15.88 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 8.039 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 118 15.88 0.0848 0.0 3.760 0.319 Vel = 5.90 118 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.660 7.596 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 87 15.88 0.0850 0.0 5.660 0.481 Vel = 5.90 0.0 15.88 8.077 KFactor= 5.59 119 15.95 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 8.115 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 120 15.95 0.0857 0.0 3.920 0.336 Vel = 5.92 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 9 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C or Ftng's Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 120 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.650 7.619 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 95 15.95 0.0857 0.0 5.650 0.484 Vel = 5.92 0.0 15.95 8.103 KFactor= 5.60. 121 16.20 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 8.370 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 122 16.2 0.0883 0.0 3.920 0.346 Vel = 6.01 122 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.620 7.884 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 107 16.2 0.0881 0.0 5.620 0.495 Vel = 6.01 0.0 16.20 8.379 K Factor= 5.60 123 16.48 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 8.659 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 124 16.48 0.0911 0.0 3.920 0.357 VeI= 6.12 124 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 2.530 8.184 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 96 16.48 0.0910 0.0 7.530 0.685 Vel = 6.12 0.0 16.48 8.869 KFactor= 5.53 125 16.51 1.049 E 2.0 0.670 8.689 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.290 126 16.51 0.0910 0.0 2.670 0.243 Vel = 6.13 126 0.0 1.049 E 2.0 4.690 8.642 to 120.0 T 5.0 7.000 -0.541 108 16.51 0.0913 0.0 11.690 1.067 Vel = 6.13 0.0 16.51 9.168 K Factor= 5.45 127 16.56 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 8.747 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 128 16.56 0.0918 0.0 3.760 0.345 Vel = 6.15 128 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.510 8.330 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 88 16.56 0.0918 0.0 5.510 0.506 Vel = 6.15 0.0 16.56 8.836 KFactor= 5.57 129 16.72 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 8.913 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 130 16.72 0.0934 0.0 3.760 0.351 Vel = 6.21 130 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.500 8.502 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 76 16.72 0.0933 0.0 5.500 0.513 Vel = 6.21 0.0 16.72 9.015 KFactor= 5.57 131 17.60 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 9.872 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 132 17.6 0.1028 0.0 3.920 0.403 Vel = 6.53 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 10 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. ..Cl. or Ftngs Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 132 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 2.530 9.443 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 97 17.6 0.1027 0.0 7.530 0.773 Vel = 6.53 0.0 17.60 10.216 K Factor= 5.51 133 17.69 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 9.979 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 134 17.69 0.1037 0.0 3.760 0.390 Vel = 6.57 134 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.510 9.607 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 89 17.69 0.1036 0.0 5.510 0.571 Vel = 6.57 0.0 17.69 10.178 K Factor= 5.54 135 17.78 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 10.084 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 136 17.78 0.1048 0.0 3.760 0.394 Vel = 6.60 136 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.500 9.716 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 77 17.78 0.1047 0.0 5.500 0.576 Vel = 6.60 0.0 17.78 10.292 K Factor = 5.54 137 17.78 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 10.084 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 138 17.78 0.1048 0.0 3.920 0.411 Vel = 6.60 138 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 3.440 9.663 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 109 17.78 0.1046 0.0 8.440 0.883 Vel = 6.60 0.0 17.78 10.546 K Factor= 5.48 139 19.25 1.049 T 5.0 1.920 11.822 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 -0.832 140 19.25 0.1214 0.0 6.920 0.840 Vel = 7.15 140 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 2.530 11.830 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 141 19.25 0.1212 0.0 7.530 0.913 Vel = 7.15 141 0.0 1.61 T 8.0 4.330 12.743 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 98 19.25 0.0151 0.0 12.330 0.186 Vel = 3.03 98 81.13 1.61 T 8.0 1.250 12.929 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.541 142 100.38 0.3195 0.0 9.250 2.955 Vel = 15.82 142 199.81 3.26 0.0 5.980 16.425 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 143 300.19 0.0781 0.0 5.980 0.467 Vel= 11.54 143 101.79 3.26 6E 42.0 48.410 16.892 to 120.0 0.0 42.000 1.117 113 401.98 0.1340 0.0 90.410 12.114 Vel= 15.45 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 I Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 11 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. ..C.,or Ftngs Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 113 0.0 3.26 T 15.0 0.280 30.123 to 120.0 0.0 15.000 0.0 144 401.98 0.1340 0.0 15.280 2.048 Vel = 15.45 144 0.0 3.26 2E 14.0 18.800 32.171 to 120.0 0.0 14.000 -2.490 114 401.98 0.1340 0.0 32.800 4.394 Vel = 15.45 114 0.0 4.26 7E 70.0 153.410 34.075 to 120.0 T 20.0 90.000 7.293 TOR 401.98 0.0364 0.0 243.410 8.863 Vel = 9.05 TOR 0.0 4.26 E 10.0 10.000 50.231 to 120.0 0.0 10.000 4.331 BOR 401.98 0.0364 0.0 20.000 0.728 Vel = 9.05 BOR 0.0 6.16 0.0 10.140 55.290 to 140.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 BF2 401.98 0.0045 0.0 10.140 0.046 Vel = 4.33 BF2 0.0 6.16 E 18.62 13.570 55.336 to 140.0 0.0 18.620 0.0 BF1 401.98 0.0045 0.0 32.190 0.146 Vel = 4.33 BF1 0.0 6.16 E 18.62 35.380 55.482 to 140.0 0.0 18.620 0.0 TEST 401.98 0.0046 0.0 54.000 0.246 VeI= 4.33 100.00 Qa = 100.00 501.98 55.728 K Factor= 67.24 145 19.63 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 12.292 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 146 19.63 0.1255 0.0 3.760 0.472 Vel = 7.29 146 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.510 12.002 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 147 19.63 0.1258 0.0 5.510 0.693 Vel = 7.29 147 0.0 1.61 T 8.0 4.330 12.695 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 90 19.63 0.0157 0.0 12.330 0.193 'Vel = 3.09 90 81.09 1.61 T 8.0 1.080 12.888 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.472 148 100.72 0.3215 0.0 9.080 2.919 Vel = 15.87 148 99.09 3.26 0.0 3.980 16.279 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 142 199.81 0.0367 0.0 3.980 0.146 Vel = 7.68 0.0 199.81 16.425 K Factor= 49.30 149 19.65 1.049 E 2.0 1.760 12.307 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.762 150 19.65 0.1258 0.0 3.760 0.473 Vel = 7.29 150 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 0.500 12.018 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 151 19.65 0.1258 0.0 5.500 0.692 Vel = 7.29 151 0.0 1.61 T 8.0 4.330 12.710 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 78 19.65 0.0157 0.0 12.330 0.193 Vel = 3.10 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 12 _2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN LIST REV RFI Date OCTOBER 17, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C" or Ftngs Pc Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 78 79.44 1.61 T 8.0 1.080 12.903 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.472 152 99.09 0.3120 0.0 9.080 2.833 Vel = 15.62 152 0.0 3.26 0.0 7.090 16.208 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 148 99.09 0.0100 0.0 7.090 0.071 Vel = 3.81 0.0 99.09 16.279 K Factor= 24.56 153 19.72 1.049 E 2.0 1.920 12.396 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 2.000 -0.832 154 19.72 0.1268 0.0 3.920 0.497 Vel = 7.32 154 0.0 1.049 T 5.0 3.390 12.061 to 120.0 0.0 5.000 0.0 155 19.72 0.1267 0.0 8.390 1.063 Vel = 7.32 155 0.0 1.61 T 8.0 4.330 13.124 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 110 19.72 0.0157 0.0 12.330 0.194 Vel = 3.11 110 82.07 1.61 T 8.0 1.250 13.318 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.541 143 101.79 0.3279 0.0 9.250 3.033 Vel = 16.04 0.0 101.79 16.892 KFactor= 24.77 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 10/18/2017 WinRAR download and support. WinRAR is powerful Windows tool to compress and decompress zip, rar and many other formats Fi R4R® The Size Sólwion Your details Review your data Done If you do not receive a confirmation email from us, please check your spam, bulk or junk mail folders. If you find the email there, it was diverted by your ISP, your spam-blocking software or by filters. Below you will find your cleverbridge reference number. To ensure the most prompt and efficient service, please always refer to your reference number when contacting us. Your cleverbridge reference number: 122092272 We have received your order and it is undergoing normal, manual processing, which will be completed within the next hour. In exceptional cases, the process may last longer. Nonetheless, upon completion of the manual processing, you will receive an email with further information about your order. Please do not place another order until you have received a confirmation email from us about this order or you may be billed twice. Thank you for your patience and understanding. Wn:rär Secu rit info rmati MMee 'SECURE eETCURED fdigiceri I What is SSL PCIO I coMpurka Terms & conditions I Contact I Right of Revocation I Securit I Legal Info I Privacy Policy ©cteverbridge, Inc. 2017 This order process is conducted by our online reseller cleverbridge, Inc. Payment processing and order fulfillment are done by cleverbridge, Inc., 350 N Clark, Suite 700, Chicago, IL 60654, United States. https://shop.win-rar.com/16/?scope=confirmation&transaction=zUNZjTmzJP&id=M5zsOsv1 Lt 1/1 NIKING Viking SupplyNet 6480 Box Springs Boulevard Riverside CA 92507 SupplyNet Tel: 951-656-3111 Fax: 951-656-2606 Expiration Date: Job Reference: CALEXICO CANOPY Ship To: CALEXICO CANOPY 36307 C/O A-1 FIRE CALEXICO CA 92231 QUOTATION Date: 10/16/17 Order Number: 976423 SQ Page: 1 of 2 Branch Plant: 3501026 Tel / Fax: (858) 623-2733 (858) 623-2753 Sold To: A-i Fire Protection, Inc. 36307 8655 Miramar Place San Diego CA 92121 Freight Terms: Viking Company Delivery Truck Payment Terms: Net 45 Days Delivery Instructions: Steel pipe prices held for 24 hrs, otherwise pipe will be repriced when shipped. Line LT Item Requested By: BILLY Taken By: MRIGSBY Carrier: Qty Extended Description Ordered Unit Price UM Price 19.000 L 9210000010 T.B.E. 1" 5 20.000 L 9210000020 T.B.E. 2" 343 21.000 L 9211000040 G.B.E.4" 43 22.000 L 9240204010 WELD 4 x 1 2 23.000 L 9240204020 WELD 4 X 2 27 24.000 L 9240100010 PIPE CUT 1" 5 25.000 L 9240100020 PIPE CUT 2" 343 26.000 L 9240100040 PIPE CUT 4" 43 27.000 L 9240000010 MAKE-ON 1" 305 28.000 L 9240000020 MAKE-ON 2 Sub-Total Labor: 1.33241 386 1.000 FX DA1021GB-0400 4 X 21 SCH 10 GRV BLK PIPE 546 2.000 FX DA4021PB-0100 1 X 21 SCH 40 PE BLK PIPE A135 63 3.000 FX DA4021PB-0200 2X21 SCH 4OPE BILK All 35 5103 4.000 FX 1MICPL 1 MI BLK COUPLING WARD 53 2 5.000 FX 112MIRC 1 X 1/2 MI BLK RED COUPLING WARD 53 298 6.000 FX I 1MIL 1 MI 90 ELL WARD 47 5 7.000 FX 2MIL 2 MI ELL 90 WARD 47 48 8.000 FX 21M1RL 2 X 1 MI BLK RED ELL WARD 47 54 9.000 FX 2MIT 2 MI BLK STRAIGHT TEE WARD 52 27 10.000 FX 221M1RT 2 X 2 X 1 MI RED TEE WARD 52 257 11.001 FX 1010030 1 X2-1/2-4T/A FPT TEE-LET MERIT/ANVIL 0363190281 2 12.001 FX 1020040 2X4TEE-LET MERIT/ANVIL 0363190604 27 13.000 FX 14DBNIP 1 X 4 BLK NIPPLE DOMESTIC 298 14.000 FX 1412DBNIP 1 X 4 1/2 BLK NIPPLE DOMESTIC 2 Continued on Next Page Worldwide Fire Protection Visit us online at www.vikinggroupinc.com! 'J H(JF'lGi Viking SupplyNet 6480 Box Springs Boulevard ® Riverside CA 92507 S upplyNet Tel: 951-656-3111 Fax: 951-656-2606 Expiration Date: Job Reference: CALEXICO CANOPY Ship To: CALEXICO CANOPY 36307 C/O A-1 FIRE CALEXICO CA 92231 QUOTATION Date: 10/16/17 Order Number: 976423 SQ Page: 20f2 Branch Plant: 3501026 Tel I Fax: (858) 623-2733 (858) 623-2753 Sold To: A-i Fire Protection, Inc. 36307 8655 Miramar Place San Diego CA 92121 Freight Terms: Viking Company Delivery Truck Payment Terms: Net 45 Days Delivery Instructions: Steel pipe prices held for 24 hrs, otherwise pipe will be repriced when shipped. Line LT Item Requested By: BILLY Taken By: MRIGSBY Carrier: Qty Extended Description Ordered Unit Price UM Price 15.000 FX 23DBNIP 2 X 3 BLACK NIPPLE DOM 4 16.000 FX 25DBNIP 2 X 5 BLACK NIPPLE DOM 25 17.000 FX 27DBNIP 2 X 7 BLACK NIPPLE DOM 4 18.000 FX 211DBN1P 2X11"BLK NIPPLE DOM 4 Sub-Total Fab: 21,663.69 Net Weight Material Labor Freight Misc Tax Total, Taxes Included 22,953 LB 21,663.69 1,332.41 1,897.14 24,893,24 USD This transaction is subject to Viking SupplyNet's Standard Terms & Conditions which can be found at www.vikinggroupinc.com Quote valid for 30 days unless indicated otherwise. Material and prices subject to specifications. Please check your plans. Not responsible for errors or omissions. We reserve the right to correct clerical errors. Commodities, technologies, or software exported by Viking Group from the United States are in accordance with the Export Administration Regulations. Any export or re-export contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. Worldwide Fire Protection Visit us online at www.vikinggroupinc.com! 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16-388358 PROJECT: PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS 3209 HARDING STREET CITY OF CARLSBAD, CA PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT PROJECT NO. 4603 DATE: APRIL 14, 2017 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Material Data Sheets - Sprinkler Heads - Steel Pipe - Threaded Fittings - Grooved Fittings - Hangers - Seismic Bracing - Valves - Electrical Devices - Miscellaneous Materials FPC20I7-0140 3209 HARDING ST 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16- 388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL SPRINKLER HEADS - - - Fire Protection by Computer Design Al FIRE PROTECTION INC 8655 MIRAMR PLACE SAN DIEGOCA 92121 858-623-2733 7 1t7 '1-IVWt1 Job Name PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Building : MULTI PURPOSE ROOM Location : 3209 HARDING STREET, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA System : AREA I Contract Data File : REV FLOW TEST-2 - 2ND FLOOR PIPING PLAN Area 1 .WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 / Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 1 PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Date APRIL 19, 2017 Hydraulic Design Information Sheet Name - PINE AVENUE PARK COMMUNITY CENTER & GARDENS Date - 04.19.2017 Location - 3209 HARDING STREET, CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA Building - MULTI PURPOSE ROOM System No. - AREA 1 Contractor - Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Contract No. - Calculated By - JOE VELASCO Drawing No. - FP-2 Construction: ( ) Combustible (X) Non-Combustible Ceiling Height - 32'-0" Occupancy - GENERAL ASSEMBLY MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM S (X) NFPA 13 ( ) Lt. Haz. Ord.Haz.Gp. ( ) 1 (X) 2 ( ) 3 ( ) Ex.Haz. Y ( ) NFPA 231 ( ) NFPA 231C ( ) Figure Curve S Other T Specific Ruling E Made By Date N Area of Sprinkler Operation - 1572 SF System Type Sprinkler/Nozzle Density - 0.20 (X) Wet Make TYCO D Area Per Sprinkler - 100 ( ) Dry Model TY-FRB E Elevation at Highest Outlet - 32.5 FT ( ) Deluge Size 1/2" S Hose Allowance - Inside - ( ) Preaction K-Factor 5.6 I Rack Sprinkler Allowance - ( ) Other Temp.Rat.200 G Hose Allowance - Outside - 250 GPM N Note Calculation Flow Required - 707.027 Press Required - 55.6695 At Node TEST Summary C-Factor Used: 120 Overhead 150 Underground W Water Flow Test: Pump Data: Tank or Reservoir: A Date of Test - 11/02/2015 Cap. - T Time of Test - Rated Cap.- Elev.- E Static Press - 83 8 Press - R Residual Press - 64 Elev. - Well Flow - 2525 Proof Flow S Elevation - 0 U P Location - HARDING STREET BETWEEN PINE AVENUE AND CHESTNUT AVENUE P L Source of Information - MISSION CONSULTING SERVICES: JENNIFER R. MAEL Y C Commodity Class Location O -Storage Ht. Area Aisle W. M Storage Method: Solid Piled Palletized % Rack N Single Row ( ) Conven. Pallet C ) Auto. Storage ( C Encap. S R ( ) Double Row ( ) Slave Pallet C C Solid Shelf ( ) Non T A ( ) Mult. Row C C Open Shelf O C R K Flue Spacing Clearance:Storage to Ceiling A Longitudinal Transverse G E Horizontal Barriers Provided: Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Water Supply Curve C Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 2 PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Date APRIL 19, 2017 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 74.4 Dl - Elevation : 12.919 C2 - Residual Pressure: 20 D2 - System Flow : 457.027 C2 - Residual Flow : 1050 D2 - System Pressure : 58.864 Hose ( Demand) D3 - System Demand : 457.027 Safety Margin : 3.860 150 140 130 p120 R11° E10° 90 s80 "r U70 D2 R60 - E5° 40 30 C2 20 10 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 FLOW (N"1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Used Summary Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 3 PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Date APRIL 19; 2017 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/ 3/4 1 11/4 1% 2 2% 3 31,4 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 E NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 I NFPA 139O Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zid Wilkins 350DA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diamete Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with *• The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. The diameter modification was turned off by the operator when the job was calculated. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 'Pressjre / Flow Summary - STANDARD Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 4 PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Date APRIL 19, 2017 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. Actual Actual Rea. 44 29.83 5.6 12.76 na 20.0 0.2 100 7.0 45 29.83 5.6 12.86 na 20.08 0.2 100 7.0 46 29.83 5.6 13.21 na 20.36 0.2 100 7.0 47 29.83 5.6 13.97 na 20.93 0.2 100 7.0 48 29.83 5.6 15.92 na 22.35 0.2 100 7.0 49 29.83 5.6 19.12 na 24.48 0.2 100 7.0 51 29.83 5.6 23.79 na 27.32 0.2 100 7.0 50 29.83 24.19 na 52 27.5 32.61 na 53 27.5 32.85 na 54 27.5 35.4 na TOR 10.0 49.84 na BOR -0.5 55.33 na 6F2 -0.5 55.39 na BF1 -0.5 58.77 na TEST 0.0 58.86 na 55 29.17 5.6 13.05 na 20.23 0.2 100 7.0 56 29.17 5.6 13.16 na 20.31 0.2 100 7.0 57 29.17 5.6 13.52 na 20.59 0.2 100 7.0 58 29.17 5.6 14.3 na 21.18 0.2 100 7.0 59 29.17 5.6 16.29 na 22.6 0.2 100 7.0 60 29.17 5.6 19.55 na 24.76 0.2 100 7.0 62 29.17 5.6 24.33 na 27.62 0.2 100 7.0 61 29.17 24.73 na 63 27.5 32.55 na 64 30.5 5.6 15.97 na 22.38 0.2 100 7.0 65 30.5 5.6 16.09 na 22.46 0.2 100 7.0 66 30.5 5.6 16.52 na 22.76 0.2 100 7.0 67 30.5 5.6 17.91 na 23.7 0.2 100 7.0 68 30.5 5.6 20.43 na 25.31 0.2 100 7.0 70 30.5 5.6 24.29 na 27.6 0.2 100 7.0 69 30.5 24.68 na The maximum velocity is 24.79 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 61 and 63 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 5 PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Date APRIL 19, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C or Ftng's Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 44 20.00 1.61 0.0 6.370 12.755 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 45 20.0 0.0162 0.0 6.370 0.103 Vel = 3.15 45 20.08 1.61 0.0 6.080 12.858 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 46 40.08 0.0584 0.0 6.080 0.355 Vel = 6.32 46 20.36 1.61 0.0 6.080 13.213 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 47 60.44 0.1250 0.0 6.080 0.760 Vel = 9.52 47 20.93 1.61 0.0 9.000 13.973 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 48 81.37 0.2167 0.0 9.000 1.950 Vel = 12.82 48 22.35 1.61 0.0 9.410 15.923 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 49 103.72 0.3394 0.0 9.410 3.194 Vel = 16.35 49 24.48 1.61 T 8.0 2.090 19.117 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 50 128.2 0.5024 0.0 10.090 5.069 Vel = 20.20 0.0 128.20 24.186 KFactor= 26.07 51 27.32 1.61 T 8.0 5.620 23.794 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 50 27.32 0.0288 0.0 13.620 0.392 Vel = 4.31 50 128.20 1.61 T 8.0 2.330 24.186 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 1.009 52 155.52 0.7181 0.0 10.330 7:418 Vel = 24.51 52 157.30 4.26 0.0 10.500 32.613 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 53 312.82 0.0230 0.0 10.500 0.241 Vel = 7.04 53 144.21 4.26 T 20.0 35.050 32.854 to 120.0 0.0 20.000 0.0 54 457.03 0.0462 0.0 55.050 2.541 Vel = 10.29 54 0.0 4.26 6E 60.0 88.670 35.395 to 120.0 0.0 60.000 7.579 TOR 457.03 0.0462 0.0 148.670 6.864 Vel = 10.29 TOR 0.0 4.26 E 10.0 10.500 49.838 to 120.0 0.0 10.000 4.548 BOR 457.03 0.0461 0.0 20.500 0.946 Vel = 10.29 BOR 0.0 6.16 0.0 10.180 55.332 to 140.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 BF2 457.03 0.0057 0.0 10.180 0.058 Vel = 4.92 BF2 0.0 6.16 E 18.62 13.450 55.390 to 140.0 Zid 0.0 18.620 3.194 * * Fixed Loss = 3.194 BF1 457.03 0.0058 0.0 32.070 0.185 Vel = 4.92 BFI 0.0 6.16 E 18.62 35.380 58.769 to 140.0 0.0 18.620 -0.217 TEST 457.03 0.0058 0.0 54.000 0.312 Vel = 4.92 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 6 PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Date APRIL 19, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. "C'.or Ftngs Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 457.03 58.864 K Factor= 59.57 55 20.23 1.61 0.0 6.370 13.054 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 56 20.23 0.0165 0.0 6.370 0.105 Vet = 3.19 56 20.32 1.61 0.0 6.080 13.159 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 57 40.55 0.0597 0.0 6.080 0.363 Vet = 6.39 57 20.59 1.61 0.0 6.080 13.522 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 58 61.14 0.1276 0.0 6.080 0.776 Vet = 9.64 58 21.17 1.61 0.0 9.000 14.298 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 59 82.31 0.2213 0.0 9.000 1.992 Vet = 12.97 59 22.61 1.61 0.0 9.410 16.290 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 60 104.92 0.3468 0.0 9.410 3.263 Vet = 16.53 60 24.76 1.61 T 8.0 2.090 19.553 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 61 129.68 0.5131 0.0 10.090 5.177 Vet = 20.44 0.0 129.68 24.730 K Factor= 26.08 62 27.62 1.61 T 8.0 5.620 24.330 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 61 27.62 0.0294 0.0 13.620 0.400 Vet = 4.35 61 129.68 1.61 T 8.0 1.670 24.730 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.723 63 157.3 0.7335 0.0 9.670 7.093 Vet = 24.79 63 0.0 4.26 0.0 10.500 32.546 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 52 157.3 0.0064 0.0 10.500 0.067 Vet = 3.54 0.0 157.30 32.613 KFactor= 27.54 64 22.38 1.61 0.0 6.080 15.966 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 65 22.38 0.0199 0.0 6.080 0.121 Vet = 3.53 65 22.46 1.61 0.0 6.080 16.087 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 66 44.84 0.0719 0.0 6.080 0.437 Vet = 7.07 66 22.76 1.61 0.0 9.000 16.524 K Factor= 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 67 67.6 0.1538 0.0 9.000 1.384 Vet = 10.65 67 23.70 1.61 0.0 9.410 17.908 K Factor =5.60 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 68 91.3 0.2681 0.0 9.410 2.523 Vet = 14.39 68 25.31 1.61 T 8.0 2.090 20.431 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 69 116.61 0.4216 0.0 10.090 4.254 Vet = 18.38 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fihal Calculations - Hazen-Williams Al FIRE PROTECTION INC Page 7 PINE AVENUE COMMUNITY PARK CENTER Date APRIL 19, 2017 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Ref. ..C"or Ftngs Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. .Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 116.61 24.685 KFactor= 23.47 70 27.60 1.61 T 8.0 5.620 24.285 K Factor = 5.60 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 0.0 69 27.6 0.0294 0.0 13.620 0.400 VeI = 4.35 69 116.61 1.61 T 8.0 3.000 24.685 to 120.0 0.0 8.000 1.299 53 144.21 0.6245 0.0 11.000 6.870 Vel = 22.73 0.0 144.21 32.854 KFactor= 25.16 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 JENSEN HUGHES Advancing the Science of Safety May 4, 2017 Mr. Taylor Masek RNT Architect 363 Fifth Ave. #202 San Diego, CA 92101 RE: Review of Fire Sprinkler Drawings, Hydraulic Calculations, and Product Data Sheets Pine Avenue Park Community Center Carlsbad, CA Project No. 1RX615076 Dear Taylor, This letter confirms JENSEN HUGHES review of the fire sprinkler drawings, hydraulic calculations, and Product Data Sheets for the above referenced project. This review is based upon and limited to the available information provided and/or presented in the submittal only. Details and/or information not presented on the submitted product submittal are not considered part of this review. We reviewed the submittal in accordance to the fire protection requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard No. 13, 2013 Edition, and Specification 211300 The submittal is acceptable to JENSEN HUGHES, noting the following comments described below: Obtain approval from local Fire Authority. Pay plan check and permit fees. Install auxiliary drains in accordance with Specification 211300, Section 3.4.0 and General Note number 14. Coordinate piping with other trades. Refer to sheet FP-0, General Note number 18. Install corrosion resistant sprinklers for outside areas. Refer to Specification 211300, Section 2.5. A. Submit backfiow device Product Data Sheet and revise calculations if required. Custom order in-building riser to terminate approximately 12" above finish floor. This review is not intended to imply, guarantee, assure, or warrant in any way that the installation complies with the provisions of any federal, state, or local codes, laws, or regulations for life safety issues. Additionally, this review does not imply in any way that compliance with the comments or recommendations stated in this review letter will eliminate all hazards or accidents. Compliance with the comments stated in this letter does not relieve the contractor from complying with the project specifications, design drawings, owners' insurance/underwriting requirements, applicable NFPA standards, and the Carlsbad Fire Department. 0,.+1 619-488-9810 F: +1619-488-9811 11770 Bernardo Plaza Court I Suite 116 San Diego CA 92128 USA jensenhughes.com II 1 ZURN Model 3500A WILKINS Double Check Detector Assembly Application Designed for installation on potable water connections in fire sprinkler systems to protect against both backsiphonage and backpressure of polluted water into the potable water supply. Model 350DA shall provide protection where a potential health hazard does not exist. Incorporates metered by-pass to detect leaks and unauthorized water use. Standards Compliance (Sizes 2 1/2" - 10' Horiz. & Vert.) (12" Horizontal Only) ASSE® Listed 1048 (Sizes 2 1/2" thru 12) CSA® Certified 1364.5 (Sizes 2 1/2 thru 8", & 12) AWWA Compliant C510 (Sizes 2 1/2 thru 12), and C550 UL® Classified (Sizes 2 1/2" thru 12) C-UL® Classified (Sizes 2 1/2" thru 12) FM® Approved (Sizes 2 1/2" thru 10) NYC MEA 147-99-M Vol 4(2-1/2" - 10) Approved by the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southern California (Sizes 2 1/2 thru 12) Materials Main valve body Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 Access covers Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 Coatings FDA Approved fusion epoxy finish Internals Stainless steel, 300 Series NORYLTM, NSF Listed Fasteners Stainless Steel, 300 Series Elastomers EPDM (FDA approved) Buna Nitrile (FDA approved) Polymers NORYLTM, NSF Listed Springs Stainless Steel, 300 Series Features Sizes: 2 1/2, 3, 4", 6, 8", 10, 12" Maximum working water pressure 175 PSI Maximum working water temperature 140°F Hydrostatic test pressure 350 PSI End connections (Grooved for steel) AWWA C606 (Flanged) ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Options (suffixes can be combined) - withOS & Y gate valves (standard) L - less shut-off valves (flanged body con nections) LM - less water meter - with remote reading meter - with gallon meter (standard) CFM - with cu ft meter CMM - with cu meter meter G - with groove end gate valves FG - with flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection El P1 - with Post Indicator Gate Valve (3-10) Accessories E Repair kit (rubber only) Thermal expansion tank (Model XT) L OS & Y Gate valve tamper switch (OSY-40) Test Cock Lock (Model TCL24) Attention: E Model 350DA (flange body) and Model 350ADA (grooved body) have differ- ent lay lengths. D F MODEL 350DAG SHOWN ABOVE Dimensions & Weights (do not include pkg.) MODEL DIMENSION __________ __________ _(approximate) WEIGHT 350DA SIZE in. mm A in. mm B LESS GATE VALVES in. mm C in. mm D in. mm E OS&Y OPEN in. I mm E OS&Y CLOSED in. I mm F in. I mm WITHOUT GATES VALVES lbs. kg WITH OS&Y GATE VALVES lbs. I kg 21/2 65 31 787 157/8 403 33/4 95 9 229 163/8 416 137/8 352 31/2 89 68 80.8 3 80 32 813 157/8 4 33M 9 229 8 4 Th5 397 32 89 68 90 4 WO 375/8 956 2 4 42 U4 9 229 223M 8 4 464 6 2 106 4 6 150 443/4 231/2 597 52 UO I2 267 301/8 765 233M 6 7 178 0 L81.7480 2179 8 200 603M Th43 4 959 W 254 12 305 4 959 29V4 743 8V2 216 374 3859 10 0 633M 9 4 959 W 4 453 62 8 8 82 216 404 5548 12 300 6641683 531/8 1349 405/8 W32 87/8 226 463 736.2 Zurn Industries, LLC I Wilkins 1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766 In Canada I Zurn Industries Limited 3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292 www.zurn.com Rev. A Date: 3/12 Document No. BF-350DA Patent No. 5,913,331 Product No. Model 350DA Page 1 of 2 VERTICAL INSTALLATION Flow Characteristics 0.0 U) 15 U) 0 —J U) U). U) 5 Lu 0. A MODEL 350DA 2 1/2",3" & 4" (STANDARD & METRIC) FLOW RATES (us) 12.6 25.2 37.9 -- -- - p .— - - I ZuIi II /i[s]']1'M'].J l'71.IU/iI1l1Is4 LII. *1 — — I...._,_ -.- -.---------. - 2000 2500 220.8 252.4 283.9 =1 103 U) o CL 0 69 34 w a: 4500 Zd_. -- -- -- -- -- — -- -- -- -- -- — _. -J — — -- -- -- r — ---- — -- -- -- I1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 FLOW RATES (GPM) Typical Installation Local codes shall govern installation requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the assembly shall be mounted at a minimum of 12" (305mm) and a maximum of 30" (762mm) above adequate drains with sufficient side clearance for test- ing and maintenance. The installation shall be made so that no part of the unit can be submerged. Capacity thru Schedule 40 Pipe (GPM) Pipe size 5 ft/sec 7.5 ft/sec 10 ft/sec 15 ft/sec 2 1/2" 75 112 149 224 115 173 230 346 198 298 397 595 6" 1 450 675 900 1351 8" 780 1169 1559 2339 10" 1229 1843 2458 3687 12" 1763 2644 3525 5288 OUTDOOR INSTALLATION Specifications The Double Check Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be ASSE® Listed 1048, and supplied with full port gate valves. The main body and access cover shall be epoxy coated ductile iron (ASTM A 536 Grade 4), the seat ring and check valve shall be NorylTM (NSF Listed), the stem shall be stainless steel (ASTM A 276) and the seat disc elastomers shall be EPDM. The first and second check valves shall be accessible for maintenance without removing the device from the line. The Double Check Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be a WILKINS Model 350DA. Zurn Industries, LLC I Wilkins 1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766 In Canada I Zurn Industries Limited 3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292 www.zurn.com Page 2 of 2 ORated Flow (established by approval agencies) 50.5 103 F34 0 —J ei) co Lu a- 0 800 157.7 103 j 0 69 34 a- (0 Lu ES-A-In Riser Job Name - Contractor Job Location Approval Engineer - Contractors P.O. No. Approval - Representative Series IBR In-Building Risers Customizable Sizes: 4" -10" (100 - 250mm) CST CAP oil NOW 6'x6' standard length (custom lengths from T— 20' available) Features Cost savings Corrosion resistant stainless steel construction, type 304 Ease of installation and light weight allows one person to position and handle the riser Minimal site preparation; joint restraint one- piece construction reduces time and labor; no missing parts, no leaks; easily identifiable for approvals Includes Test Cap and Coupler ULJFM approved Sizes: available in 4" - 10" (100-250mm) with various lengths to meet local require- ments Series IBR In-Building Risers are used to connect the main fire supply to the building overhead fire system. The fitting passes under the foundation without joints and ex- tends up through the floor. Provided with installation tabs, the unit has a CIPS (Cast Iron Pipe Size) coupler for easy connection to the underground supply (AV\NVA C900 PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe) and industry standard grooved-end connection (A\MNA 0606) on the building side for easy connection to the overhead fire sprinkler system. The IBR features Lead Free* construction to comply with Lead Free* installation requirements. Ames In-Building Risers are precision engineered and manufactured to provide exceptional reliability and reduce installation time & labor costs associated with field assembly. In accordance with NFPA 24, the UL/FM approved In-Building Risers replace numerous fittings, elbows & spools and reduces the possibility of leaks or failure in comparison to traditional installation methods and materials. Factory tested integrity ensures the highest quality installation. The use of stainless steel significantly increases the reliability and life of the riser. *The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight. Designed to meet NFPA 24 AWWA 0900 lnIetJDlP AWINA 0606 Outlet Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure- ments, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Technical Service. Ames Fire & Waterworks reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames Fire & Waterworks products previously or subsequently sold. .A~ FIRE &WATERWORKS A WAITS Brand , Specifications In-Building Riser shall be installed as indicated on the plans. Riser shall be composed of a single extended 90 degree fitting of fabricated 304 stainless steel tubing, maximum working pressure 200psi (14 bar). The fitting shall have a grooved-end connection on the outlet (building) side and a CIPS coupler on the inlet (underground) side. The grooved end shall include a coupler and cap to facilitate testing of the underground pip- ing. The In-Building Riser shall be an Ames Fire & Waterworks Series IBR. Approvals Fittings FM class 1920 UL HKQA(4"-lO') Dimensions - Weights Standards NFPA - Designed to allow the contractor to conform to NFPA 24 Where a riser is close to building foundations, underground fittings of proper design and type shall be used to avoid pipe joints being located under the foundations. End Connections Horizontal End: Mates with Ductile Iron Pipe and AWWA 0900 Pipe (PVC Pipe with Ductile Iron Pipe Equivalent OD's) Utilizes Gasket conforming to UL 157 with "Lock in" gasket configuration 41EJ MATING IPIPE llt in. mm in. mm 4 100 4.8 122 6 150 6.9 175 8 200 9.1 230 10 250 1 11.1 282 Grooved End (Flange Optional) Vertical End: Meets AWWA 0-606 dimensions for roll grooved pipe Meets AWWA 0-207 class D for flanges Ratings Meets AWWA 0-900 pressure class 200, DR 14 Pipe Testing Welds are 100% leak tested at the factory CIPS Coupling SIZE DESIGN ilPROOF lPRESSURE ll in. mm psi bar 4 100 1000 70 6 150 1000 70 8 200 800 56 10 250 800 56 Tie-Rod Bracket 4 C SIZE (ON) WEIGHT in. mm A(OD) in. mm B ft. cm C ft. cm W. kg 4 100 41/2 114 6 183 6 183 71 32 6 150 65A 168 6 183 6 183 98 44 8 200 85/8 219 6 183 6 183 129 59 10 250 1 103/4 273 1 6 183 1 6 18 1 202 92 *Each B (vertical) and C (horizontal) leg is customizable aenrovals. Consult with your factory renresentative from 3' to 20 with UL/FM for details. A AMES FIRE &WATERWORKS A WATTS Brand 11WITORNMI Inquire with governing authorities for local installation requirements NOTICE The information contained herein is not intended to replace the full product installation and safety information available or the experience of a trained product installer. You are required to thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety information before beginning the installation of this product. USA: Backflow Tel: (978) 689-6066 • Fax: (978) 975-8350 • AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves Tel: (713) 943-0688 • Fax: (713) 944-9445 • AmesFireWater.com Canada: Tel: (905) 332-4090 • Fax: (905) 332-7068 • AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: Tel: (52) 81-1001-8600 • Fax: (52) 81-8000-7091 • AmesFirewater.com ES-A-IriBuiIdingRiser 1626 0 2016 Ames Fire & Waterworks tqccs Worldwide i Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Series TY-FRB, 56 K-factor , and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Standard Coverage Upright, Penden Quick Response, General Description The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (1Y323) Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response, standard coverage, decorative 3 mm glass bulb-type spray sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupan- cies such as banks, hotels, and shop- ping malls. The recessed version of the Series TY- FRB Pendent Sprinkler, where applica- ble, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling. This recessed pendent sprinkler uses one of the following: A two-piece Style 15 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 5/8 inch (15,9 mm) from the flush pendent position. A two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Intermediate level versions of Series TY-FRB Sprinklers are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP357. Sprin- kler guards and shields are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP780. IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP 700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently dam- age a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 NOTICE The TYCO Series TY-FRB Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this doc- ument, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association, in addition to the stan- dards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY313 .......Upright 5.61K, 1/2' NPT TY323 ......Pendent 5.61K, 1/2 NPT Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM, LPCB, and VdS Approved CE Certified Sprinklers with Polyester Finish are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resis- tant Sprinklers. Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12.1 bar) 250 psi (17.2 bar)* * The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17.2 bar) only applies to the listing by Un- derwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/psi1l2 (80,6 LPM/bar112) FEBRUARY 2014 Temperature Rating 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table A Recessed Escutcheon: White Coated, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ...................Bronze Button..............Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly .........Stainless Steel w/TEFLON Bulb ......................Glass Compression Screw........Bronze Deflector.................Bronze TFPI72 2' (50,8 mm) I 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) DEFLECTOR * WF Fl 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. -.-. TFPI72 Page 2 of 4 Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Button 3 - Sealing Assembly * Temperature rating is ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 4 - Bulb indicated on Deflector, can be provided on special request. 5 - Compression Screw ESCUTCHEON PLATE 1/2 7/16 (11,1 mm) 6 - Deflector* DEFLECTOR* SEATING SURFACE NPT** NOMINAL MAKE-IN 7/16 I (111,11 mm) I NOMINAL MAKE-IN (50,8 mm) 1/2 NPT** STYLE 15 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON CROSS SECTION UPRIGHT PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY313) AND PENDENT (TY323) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT, QUICK RESPONSE Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- tion systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules rec- ognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (such as, UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM's Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 15 or Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon is to be used for recessed pendent installations. Installation The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bub- ble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) temperature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a min- imum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Escutch- eon Plate by under- or over-tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Upright and Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Upright and Pen- dent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions. Step 1. Install Pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprin- klers in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. / WRENCH RECESS / (USE ONLY FIGURE 2 W- TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 3 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH TFPI72 Page 3 of 4 Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 2). With ref- erence to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 ft-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Recessed Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions. Step A. After installing the Style 15 or Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprin- kler threads, and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step B. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 3). With reference to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Step C. After ceiling installation and fin- ishing, slide on the Style 15 or Style 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprin- kler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- viced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leak- ing or exhibiting visible signs of corro- sion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid dam- age to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/ slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installation Section.) The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities hav- ing jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. - 2-7/8 DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4 DIA. FACE OF (57,2 mm) SPRINKLER FITTING 5/8 (15,9 mm) FLUSH 3/8±5/16" (9,5±7,9 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE (3,2 mm) CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) TY-FRB PLATE 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 4 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 5/8 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 15 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER - 2-1/4" DIA. FITTING (57,2 mm) (79±64mm) 1/2(12,7mm) FJ L(3, FLUSH 17, MOUNTING , SURFACE ) CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING 1-3/8' (34,9 mm) TYFRB PLATE 7/8" (22,2 mm) FIGURE 5 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON TFPI72 Page 4 of 4 P/N*77_XXX_X_XXX. I SPRINKLER I TEMPERATURE I FINISH I RATINGS SIN 1 NATURAL BRASS I 370 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2NPT) TY313 3 PURE WHITE (RAL9010)°° POLYESTER 371 5.6K PENDENT (1/2NP TY323 POLYESTER SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) * Use suffix I" for ISO 7-1 connection; 9 CHROME PLATED for example. 77-370-4-175-I Eastern Hemisphere sales only TABLE A SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION 135 135°F(57 C) 155 155°F (68°c) 175 175°F(79°C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 286°F (141°C) Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Num- ber (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series TY-FRB Upright or Pen- dent (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), K=5.6, Quick Response, (specify) tem- perature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify, refer to Table A). Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style 15 Recessed Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2014 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. tqcn TEFLON is trademark of The Dupont corporation. Fire Protection Products tqcn Ffre Protection Products Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series RFII - 56 K-factor "Royal Flush Il" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Quick & Standard Response, Standard Coverage General Description The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush Il" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response (3-mm bulb) and Standard Response (5-mm bulb), are decorative sprinklers fea- turing a flat cover plate designed to conceal the sprinkler. These sprinklers are optimal for architecturally sensi- tive areas such as hotel lobbies, office buildings, churches, and restaurants. Each sprinkler includes a Cover Plate! Retainer Assembly and a Sprinkler! Support Cup Assembly. The separa- ble, two-piece assembly design pro- vides the following benefits: Allows installation of the sprinklers and pressure testing of the fire pro- tection system prior to installation of a suspended ceiling or application of the finish coating to a fixed ceiling. Permits the removal of suspended ceiling panels for access to building service equipment without having to first shut down the fire protection system and remove sprinklers. Provides for 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of vertical adjustment to allow a measure of flexibility in determining the length of fixed piping to cut for the sprinkler drops. The Series RFII Sprinklers are shipped with a Disposable Protective Cap. The Protective Cap is temporarily removed during installation and replaced to help protect the sprinkler during ceiling installation or finish. The tip of the Pro- IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP 700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 tective Cap can be used to mark the center of the ceiling hole into plaster board or ceiling tiles by gently pushing the ceiling product against the Pro- tective Cap. When ceiling installa- tion is complete, the Protective Cap is removed and the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly is installed. As an option, the Series RFII Standard Response (5-mm bulb) "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers can be fitted with a silicone Air and Dust Seal. (Refer to Figure 5.) The Air and Dust Seal is intended for sensitive areas where it is desirable to prevent air and dust from the area above the ceiling to pass through the cover plate. L•1IL The Series RFll Concealed Pendent Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the appli- cable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY3531 - 3 mm bulb TY3551 - 5 mm bulb APRIL 2016 Technical Data Sprinkler Approvals Approvals apply only to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section. 1Y3531 (3 mm Bulb) is UL Listed, C-UL Listed and NYC Approved (MEA 353-01-E) as Quick Response. TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is VdS Approved (Certificate No. G4090007). TY3531 (3 mm Bulb) is FM and LPCB Approved (Ref. No. 094a/10) as Standard Response. Note: FM and LPCB do not approve concealed sprinklers for quick response. TY3551 (5 mm Bulb) is UL Listed, C-UL Listed, FM Approved, LPCB Approved (Ref. No. 094a/9), and NYC Approved (MEA 353-01-E) as Standard Response. Approvals for Air and Dust Seal UL and C-UL Listed for use with the RFll Standard Response Concealed Sprinkler (TY3551) Maximum Working Pressure Maximum 250 psi (17,3 bar) by UL, C-UL, and NYC Maximum 175 psi (12,1 bar) by FM, VdS, and LPCB Temperature Rating 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler with 139°F (59°C) Plate 200°F (93°C) Sprinkler with 165°F (74°C) Plate Discharge Coefficient K= 5.6 GPM/psi1/2 (80,6 LPM/bar1/2) TFPI8I 1/2 NPT FRAME SUPPOR CUP Will ROLL FOR THREADS GUIDE PINS (2) DEFLECTOR I I I I __- I SPRINKLER/SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY EALING SEMBLY CAP BULB PRESSION CREW LECTOR BOPPED POSITION) THREAD INTO H RETAINER SUPPORT WITH THREAD CUP UNTIL 0 0 '_- DIMPLES MOUNTING SURFACE IS EJECTION FLUSH WITH SPRING CEILING _ __ SOLDER -' -___ COVER TABS (3) COVER PLATE/RETAINER PLATE ASSEMBLY FIGURE 1 MODEL RFII CONCEALED SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY TFPI8I Page 2 of 4 Adjustment 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) Finishes See the Ordering Procedure section. Physical Characteristics Frame ............................Bronze Support Cup ............Chrome Plated Steel Guide Pins..................Stainless Steel Deflector ..........................Bronze Compression Screw ..................Brass Bulb............................... C Glass Cap .....................Bronze or opper Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Cover Plate .........................Brass Retainer............................Brass Ejection Spring ..............Stainless Steel Design Criteria The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush Il" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- tion systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency; for example, UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 and VdS Approval is based on the CEA 4001. For more information on LPCB and VdS Approvals, contact Tyco Fire Protection Products at the following office: Enschede, Netherlands Telephone: 31-53-428-4444 Fax: 31-53-428-3377 The Series RFII Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are only listed and approved with the Series REM Concealed Cover Plates having a factory applied finish. L•JILi Do not use the Series RFII in applica- tions where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Down drafts through the Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Operation When exposed to heat from a fire, the Cover Plate, normally soldered to the Retainer at three points, falls away to expose the Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly. The Deflector - supported by the Guide Pins - then drops down to its operational position. The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, activating the sprinkler and allowing water to flow. Installation The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 155°F(68°C)and 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 200°F (93°C) tem- perature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 ft-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Sprinkler by under- or over-tightening the Sprin- kler/Support Cup Assembly. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler only in the pendent position with the center-line of the sprinkler perpendicular to the mounting surface. Step 2. Remove the Protective Cap. Step 3. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 4. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler using only the RFII Sprinkler Wrench. (Refer to Figure 3.) Apply the RFII Sprinkler Wrench to the Sprinkler as shown in Figure 3. 3-1/4 inches (82,6 mm) C: 2-3/8 to 2-5/8 inches (60,310 66,7 mm) 3/16 inches (4,8 mm) 0: 1-3/4 to 2-1/4 inches (44,5 to 57,2 mm) FIGURE 2 SERIES CONCEALED SPRINKLER INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS TFPI8I Page 3 of 4 FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY 1/2 (12,7 mm) THREADED D ADJUSTMENT FACE OF CEILING, RETAINING RING MOUNTING SURFACE CLEARANCE HOLE - DIAMETER DIMENSION Step 5. Replace the Protective Cap by pushing it upwards until it bottoms out against the Support Cup. (Refer to Figure 4.) The Protective Cap helps prevent damage to the Deflector and Arms during ceiling installation and/or finish. You can also use the Protective Cap to locate the center of the clear- ance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material up against the center point of the Protective Cap. 3/16'to11/16" (4,810 17,5 mm) REFERENCE COVER PLATE PROFILE DEPTH DIMENSION B MANUFACTURER DEFLECTOR PRESET GAP IN DROPPED 3/32 (2,4 mm) POSITION COVER PLATE DIAMETER DIMENSION A COVER PLATE RETAINER ASSEMBLY As long as the Protective Cap remains in place, the system is considered "Out of Service' Step 6. After the ceiling has been completed with the 2-1/2 inch (63,5 mm) diameter clearance hole and in preparation for installing the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly, remove and discard the Protective Cap. Verify that the Deflector moves up and down freely. If the Sprinkler is damaged and the Deflector does not move up and down freely, replace the entire Sprinkler. Do not attempt to modify or repair a damaged sprinkler. Step 7. When installing an Air and Dust Seal, refer to Figure 5; otherwise, proceed to Step 8. To attach the Air and Dust Seal, verify the angle of the outside edge of the seal is oriented according to Figure 5. Start the edge of the Retainer in the grooved slot of the Air and Dust Seal and continue around the retainer until the entire Air and Dust Seal is engaged. TFPI8I Page 4 of 4 Step 8. Screw on the Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly until the Retainer (shown in Figure 2) or the Air and Dust Seal (shown in Figure 5) contacts the ceiling. Do not continue to screw on the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly so that it lifts a ceiling panel out of its normal position. If you cannot engage the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly with the Support Cup or you cannot engage the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly suf- ficiently to contact the ceiling, you must reposition the Sprinkler Fitting. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly can delay sprinkler opera- tion in a fire situation. When properly installed, there is a nominal 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling, as shown in Figure 2. This air gap is necessary for proper operation of the sprinkler. If the ceiling requires repainting after sprinkler installation, ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to the Enclosure. Separation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers - before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- tion Section.) Exercise care to avoid damage to sprin- klers before, during, and after instal- lation. Replace sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist- ing, wrench slipping, or the like. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Refer to the Installation section.) If you must remove a sprinkler, do not reinstall it or a replacement without reinstalling the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly. If a Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly becomes dislodged during service, replace it immediately. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or sprinkler manufac- turer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national code. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name. Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly Specify: Series RFII (specify SIN), K=5.6, "Royal Flush II" Pendent Sprin- klers (specify) temperature rating and (specify) finish, P/N" (specify): 155°F (68°C) 200°F 193°C) TY3531 51-792-1-155 51-792-1-200 TY3551 51-790-1-155 51-790-1-200 Use Suffix I" for ISO 7-1 connection: for example, 51-7921-155-I Separately Ordered Cover Plate/ Retainer Assembly: Specify: (temperature rating from below) Series RFII Concealed Cover Plate with (finish), P/N (specify). 139°F (59°C)(a) 165°F (74°C)(b) Grey White (RAL9002).... 56-792-0-135 56-792-0-165 Brass..........56-792-1-135 56-792-1-165 Pure White (c) (RAL9010) .... 56-792-3-135 56-792-3-165 Signal White (IRAL9003).... 56-792-4-135 56-792-4-165 Jet Black (AAL9005).... 56-792-6-135 59-792-6-165 Brushed Chrome........56-792-8-135 56-792-8-165 Chrome........56-792-9-135 56-792-9-165 Custom ........56-792-X-135 56-792-X-165 For use with 155°F (68°C) sprinklers. For use with 200°F (93°C) sprinklers. Eastern Hemisphere sales only. Sprinkler Wrench Specify: RFII Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-1-075 Air and Dust Seal Specify: Air and Dust Seal, P/N 56-908-1-001 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2016 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. tqco TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont corporation Fire Protection Products tqca Ffre Protection Products Worldwide Contacts I www.tyco-fire.com Series TYFRB - 56 and &O K-factor Extended Coverage Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Quick and Standard Response (Light Hazard) General Description TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6 and 8.0 K- factor Extended Coverage Horizon- tal Sidewall Sprinklers Quick and Standard Response (Light Hazard) are decorative 3 mm glass bulb type spray sprinklers designed for use in hydraulically calculated sprinkler sys- tems in light hazard, commercial oc- cupancies such as churches, restau- rant seating areas, hotels, educational facilities, offices, etc. With their cover- age up to 16 ft. (4,9 m) wide by 24 ft. (7,3 m) long, they are designed for in- stallation along a wall or the side of a beam and just beneath a smooth and level ceiling. Horizontal sidewall (HSW) sprinklers are commonly used instead of pendent or upright sprinklers due to aesthetics or building construction considerations, where piping across the ceiling is not desirable. The fast response thermal sensitiv- ity rating of the Series TY-FRB, 3 mm bulb type sprinklers provides for a quick response extended coverage (QREC) rating for many of the cover- age areas detailed in Tables B and C. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Extended Coverage Horizon- tal Sidewall Sprinkler utilizes either a two-piece Style 10 (1/2 inch NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 inch NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 3/4 in. (19,1 mm) of total adjustment from the flush sidewall position, or a two-piece Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cau- tions with respect to handling and installation of sprinkler sys- tems and components. Improp- er handling and installation can permanently damage a sprin- kler system or its components and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 in. NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/4 in. (6,4 mm) of recessed adjust- ment or up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush sidewall po- sition. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe lengths to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be ob- tained when exposed to corrosive at- mospheres. Although corrosion resis- tant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli- cable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor- rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitabil- ity of these coatings for any given cor- rosive environment. The effects of am- bient temperature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity, should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. NOTICE The Series TY-FRB Sprinklers de- scribed herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the appli- cable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), in ad- dition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. SEPTEMBER 2014 Sprinkler Identification Numbers (SINs) TY3332— EC HSW, 5.6K, 1/2" NPT TY4332 - EC HSW, 8.0K, 3/4" NPT TFP296 TFP296 Page 2 of 8 Components DEFLECT( 1 - Frame HAT 2 - Button 3 - Sealing Assembly 4 - Bulb 5 - Compression Screw 6 - Deflector* 7 - Ejection Spring 6* 5 2 3 * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector or adjacent to orifice WRENCH seat on Frame. - II,LII7/16' (11,1 FLATS 1/2 ** /NPT mm)I —W741 ~1'1 I 11/1 1-9/16" CEN TERLINE I I (39,7 mm) OF SPRINKLER 7/16" I WATERWAY (11,1 mm) I NOMINAL MAKE-IN I ** Pipe thread connections per 1-1/2" _j _I ISO 7-1 can be provided on 38,1 mm) special request. 7/16 _______ 2-3/16" (11,1 mm) - (55,6 mm) FIGURE 1 SERIES TY-FRB (TY3332) EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT 6* * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector or adjacent to orifice WRENCH seat on Frame. 7 FLATS 3/4" ** NPT 7/16' (1 - 1,1 mm) $1 - 1 1/2 CENTERLINE I I mm) OF SPRINKLER WATERWAY (12,7 mm) •• - NOMINAL MAKE-IN ** Pipe thread connections per 1-1/2" ISO 7-1 can be provided on (38,1 mm) special request. 9/16' I ______ 2-1/4" (14,3 mm)H (57,2 mm) FIGURE 2 SERIES TY-FRB (TY4332) EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 INCH NPT Components DEFLECT( 1 - Frame HAT 2 - Button 3 - Sealing Assembly 4 - Bulb 5 - Compression Screw 6 - Deflector* 7 - Ejection Spring Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM and NYC Approved (Refer to Table A for complete approv- al information including corrosion re- sistant status, as well as the Design Criteria section pertaining to special design considerations.) Maximum Working Pressure Refer to Table B. Discharge Coefficient K=5.6gpm/psi112 (80,6 1pm/bar112) K=8.0 gpm/psi1/2 (115,2 pm/bar1/2) Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A. Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table E. Recessed Escutcheon: White Coated, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame .......................Bronze Button..................Brass/Copper Button ... ............... Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly.......Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb .........................Glass Compression Screw .... ... ... ..Bronze Deflector.....................Copper Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6 and 8.0 K- factor Extended Coverage Horizon- tal Sidewall Sprinklers Quick and Standard Response (Light Hazard) must be installed and utilized in Light Hazard Occupancies, under smooth level ceilings as outlined in the appli- able installation standard recognized by the Approval Agency (e.g., UL rec- ognizes NFPA 13, and FM recognize the FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Re- cessed Escutcheon, as applicable, is to be used for recessed installations. TFP296 Page 3 of 8 SPRINKLER FINISH(5) K- FACTOR SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE BULB NATURAL CHROME TYPE RATING LIQUID COLOR BRASS PLATED 135°F (57°C) Orange 5.6 1/2,, EC HSW (TY3332) 1, 2, 3, 4 155°F (68°C) Red NPT 175°F (79°C) Yellow 135°F (57°C) Orange 5.6 1/2 RECESSED EC HSW* 1, 2,4 155°F (68°C) Red NPT (TY3332) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 135°F (57°C) Orange 5.6 1/2" RECESSED EC HSW** 1, 2, 3, 4 155°F (68°C) Red NPT (TY3332) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 135°F (57°C) Orange 8.0 3/4 EC HSW (TY4332) 1, 2, 3, 4 155°F (68°C) Red NPT 175°F (79°C) Yellow 135°F (57°C) Orange 8.0 3/4 RECESSED EC HSW * 1,2,4 155°F (68°C) Red NPT (TY4332) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4 135°F (57°C) Orange 8.0 3/4 RECESSED EC HSW** (TY4332) 1, 2, 3, 4 155°F (68°C) Red NPT 175°F (79°C) Yellow Notes: Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) per Table C Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada per Table C Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) per Table D Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed corrosion-resistant sprinklers. Installed with Style 10(1/2" NPT) or Style 40(3/4" NPT) 3/4" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable Installed with Style 20 (1/2" NPT) or Style 30(3/4" NPT) 1/2" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable Frame and deflector only TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS (Refer to the Design Criteria Section) SPRINKLER FINISH K-FACTOR SPRINKLER TYPE NATURAL I CHROME POLYESTER BRASS PLATED EC HSW 5.6 (TY3332) 1/2" NPT 250 PSI (17,2 BAR) RECESSED EC HSW (TY3332) OR 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) EC HSW 8.0 3/4" (TY4332) (SEE NOTE 1) RECESSED EC HSW NPT (TY4332) Notes: 1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York. TABLE B MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE TFP296 Page 4 of 8 5.6K EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY3332) Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-to-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum ReRating sPpnse Area(', Flow)2), Pressure(2), Distance(3), Temperature Spacing)4), Ft x Ft (m x m) gpm (1pm) psi (bar) Inches (mm) °F Rating, Ft (m) Quick 16 x 16(4,9 x 4,9) 26(98) 21.6(1,48) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135, 155, 175 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 29(110) 26.8 (1,85) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135, 155, 175 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 20 (4.9 x 6,1) 32 (121) 32.7 (2,25) 4 to 6(100 to 150) 135 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 35 (133) 39.1 (2,70) 4 to 6(10010 150) 135 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1) 32 (121) 32.7 (2,25) 4 to 6(10010 150) 155 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 22(4,9 x 6,7) 35(133) 39.1 (2,70) 4 to 6(10010 150) 155,175 10(3,1) 8.0K EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY4332) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-to-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area)t), Flow)2), Pressure)2), Distance)3), Temperature Spacing)4), Ft x Ft (m x m) gpm (1pm) psi (bar) Inches (mm) °F Rating, Ft (m) Quick 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 26 (98) 10.6 (0,73) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135, 155, 175 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Quick 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 29(110) 13.1 (0,90) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135, 155, 175 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Quick 16 x 20(4.9 x 6,1) 32 (121) 16.0(1,10) 4 to 6(10010 150) 135 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Quick 16 x 20(4.9 x 6,1) 33(125) 17.0 (1,17) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Quick 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 35 (133) 19.1 (1,32) 4 to 6(100 to 150) 135 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Quick 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 36 (136) 20.3 (1,59) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Quick 16 x 24(4,9 x 7,3) 39(148) 23.8(1,64) 4 to 6(100 to 150) 135 10(3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Quick 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 40 (151) 25.0(1,72) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Standard 16 x 20 (4.9 x 6,1) 32 (121) 16.0 (1,10) 4 to 6 (100 to 150) 155 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Standard 16 x 20 (4.9 x 6,1) 33 (125) 17.0(1,17) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 155 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Standard 16 x 22(4,9 x 6,7) 35 (133) 19.1 (1,32) 4 to 6(100 to 150) 155, 175 10(3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Standard 16 x 22(4,9 x 6,7) 36(136) 20.3 (1,59) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 155,175 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Standard 16 x 24(4,9 x 7,3) 39(148) 23.8 (1,64) 4 to 6(100 to 150) 155,175 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Standard 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 40 (151) 25.0 (1,72) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 155,175 10 (3,1)/13 (4,0)(5) Notes: Backwall (where sprinkler is located) by sidewall (length of throw) Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm from each sprinkler. The indicted residual pressures are based on the nominal K-factor. The centerline of the Sprinkler waterway is located 7/16 in. (11,1 mm) below the deflector (Ref. Figures 1 and 2). Minimum spacing is for lateral distance between sprinklers located along a single wall, otherwise adjacent sprinklers (i.e., sidewall sprinklers on an adjacent wall, on an opposite wall, or pendent sprinklers) must be located outside of the maximum listed protection area of the extended coverage sidewall sprinkler being utilized. Minimum spacing is 13 ft. (4,0 m) when design pressure exceeds 175 psi (12,1 bar), otherwise the minimum spacing is 10 ft. (3 m). TABLE C UL AND C-UL LISTING COVERAGE AND FLOW RATE CRITERIA TFP296 Page 5 of 8 5.6K EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY3332) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-to-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area(1J Flow(2), Pressure(2), Distance(3), Temperature Spacing(4), Ft x Ft (mx m) gpm (1pm) psi (bar) Inches (mm) °F Rating, Ft (m) Quick 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 26(98) 22 (1,51) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 30(114) 29(2,00) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 20 (4.9 x 6,1) 33(125) 35(2,41) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 16(4,9 x 4,9) 26(98) 22 (1,51) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 175 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 20(4,9 x 6,1) 30(114) 29 (2,00) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 175 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 33 (125) 35 (2,41) 4 to 12 (100 to 300)) 175 10(3,1) 8.0K EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY4332) Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-to-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum ReRsPonse ating Areall) Flow(2), Pressure(2), Distance(3), Temperature Spacing(4), Ft x Ft (m x m) gpm (1pm) psi (bar) Inches (mm) °F Rating, Ft (m) Quick 16 x 16(4,9 x 4,9) 32 (121) 16(1,10) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 36(136) 20(1,38) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 20(4.9 x 6,1) 40(151) 25 (1,72) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 44 (167) 30 (2,06) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Quick 16 x 24(4,9 x 6,7) 48(182) 36(2,48) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 135,155 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 16(4,9 x 4,9) 32 (121) 16 (1,10) 4 to 12 (100 to 300)) 175 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 36(136) 20(1,38) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 175 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 20(4.9 x 6,1) 40 (151) 25(1,72) 4 to 12 (100 to 300)) 175 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 44 (167) 30 (2,06) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 175 10(3,1) Standard 16 x 24 (4,9 x 6,7) 48 (182) 36(2,48) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 175 10(3,1) Notes: Backwall (where sprinkler is located) by sidewall (length of thrbw) Requirement is based on maintaining both minimum flow and minimum residual pressure. The centerline of the sprinkler waterway is located 7/16 inch (11,1 mm) below the deflector (Ref. Figures 1 and 2). Minimum spacing is for lateral distance between sprinklers located along a single wall, otherwise adjacent sprinklers (i.e., sidewall sprinklers on an adjacent wall, on an opposite wall, or pendent sprinklers) must be located outside of the maximum listed protection area of the extended coverage sidewall sprinkler being utilized. TABLED FM COVERAGE AND FLOW RATE CRITERIA TFP296 Page 6 of 8 WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR 1/2 NPT MODELS) WRENCH RECESS (END "B" USED FOR 3/4" NPT MODELS) FIGURE 3 W-TYPE6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 4 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH Installation TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6 and 8.0 K- factor Extended Coverage Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Quick and Stan- dard Response (Light Hazard) must be installed in accordance with this section. Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm). A leak tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). A leak tight 3/4 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 10 to 20 ft-lbs. (13,4 to 26,8 Nm). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin- kler inlet and cause leakage or impair- ment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to make-up for insuf- ficient adjustment in the escutcheon plate by under- or over-tightening the sprinkler. Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Series TY-FRB EC Sidewall Sprinkler The Series TY-FRB EC Sidewall Sprin- klers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed with their center- line perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant ap- plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 3). With reference to Figures 1 and 2, the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats. Series TY-FRB Recessed EC Sidewall Sprinkler The Series TY-FRB Recessed EC Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed with their center- line perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step 2. After installing the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Mounting Plate, as appli- cable, over the sprinkler threads and with pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprin- kler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 4). With reference to Figure 1 or 2, the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprin- kler wrench flats. Step 4. After the wall has been in- stalled or the finish coat has been ap- plied, slide on the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the wall. Care and Maintenance TYCO Series TY-FRB 5.6 and 8.0 K- factor Extended Coverage Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Quick and Stan- dard Response (Light Hazard) must be maintained and serviced in accor- dance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper au- thorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging of any objects; otherwise, non-operation in the event of a fire or inadvertent op- eration may result. Absence of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, strik- ing, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Refer to Installation Section.) Frequent visual inspections are rec- ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin- klers, after the installation has been completed, to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereaf- ter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of in- specting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspec- tions should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condi- tion and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive condi- tions present. The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devic- es in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable stan- dards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addi- tion to the standards of any other au- thorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. It is recommended that automat- ic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. TFP296 Page 7 of 8 - 5/8±1/4 (15,9±6,4 mm) MOUNTING FACE OF SURFACE SPRINKLER FITTING CLOSURE - __________ 1 2-7/8 DIA. SERIES (73,0 mm) TY-FRBEC1 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE FF,1/8" (3,2 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FIGURE 5 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED EC SIDEWALL SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACOTR, 1/2 INCH NPT 5/8±1/4' - (15,9±6,4 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER FACE OF SURFACE FITTING 1 CLOSURE 2-7/8" DIA. SERIES (73,0 mm) TY-FRB EC 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE I 1/8' (3,2 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) - - 3/4" (19,1 mm) 3/4(19,1 mm) 1/4(6,4mm) FIGURE 7 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED EC SIDEWALL SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 INCH NPT 1/2±1/8" - (12,7±3,2 mm) MOUNTING FACE OF SURFACE SPRINKLER FITTING CLOSURE IN 2-7/8' DIA. SERIES 1 (73,0 mm) TY-FRB EC 2-1/4" DIA. I 2mm) I MOUNTING PLATE (57, (3,2 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1" (25,4 mm) 1/4' (6,4 mm) FIGURE 6 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED EC SIDEWALL SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2±1/8" - (12,7±3,2 mm) MOUNTING FACE OF SURFACE . SPRINKLER FITTING CLOSURE 2-7/8" DIA. I (73,0 mm) SERIES 2-1/4" DIA. TY-FRB EC 2mm) MOUNTING PLATE (57, (3,2 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1" (25,4 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FIGURE 8 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED EC SIDEWALL SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 3/4 INCH NPT TFP296 Page 8 of 8 57-XXX-X-XXX SPRINKLER FINISH 1 NATURAL BRASS TEMPERATURE - SIN I 3 PURE WHITE(RAL9O1O) I RATING POLYESTER 35 135°F (57°C) 376 5.6K EC HSW TY3332 4 SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) 155 155°F (68°C) 396 8.0K EC HSW TY4332 POLYESTER 175 175°F (79°C) 5 JET BLACK (RAL9005) POLYESTER 9 1 CHROME PLATED TABLE SERIES TY-FRB EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited Warranty For warrany terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indi- cate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assembly with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series TY-FRB, (specify SIN), Extended Coverage Horizontal Side- wall Sprinkler, K(specify), (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify from Table E) Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style (10, 20, 30, or 40) Re- cessed Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2014 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. t co TEFLON Is trademark of the DuPont Corporation '4'Fire Protection Products 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16-388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL STEEL PIPES ES-A-In Buildi Job Name Contractor Job Location Approval Engineer Contractor's P.O. No Approval Representative Series IBR In-Building Risers Customizable Sizes: 4" - 10" (100 - 250mm) CAP 'ow'uIII 6'x6' standard length (custom lengths from T - 20 available) Features Cost savings Corrosion resistant stainless steel construction, type 304 Ease of installation and light weight allows one person to position and handle the riser Minimal site preparation; joint restraint one- piece construction reduces time and labor; no missing parts, no leaks; easily identifiable for approvals Includes Test Cap and Coupler UL/FM approved Sizes: available in 4" - 10' (100-250mm) with various lengths to meet local require- ments Designed to meet NFPA 24 AWtNA 0900 Inlet/DIP AWVVA 0606 Outlet Series IBR In-Building Risers are used to connect the main fire supply to the building overhead fire system. The fitting passes under the foundation without joints and ex- tends up through the floor. Provided with installation tabs, the unit has a CIPS (Cast Iron Pipe Size) coupler for easy connection to the underground supply (AWWA C900 PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe) and industry standard grooved-end connection (AWINA C606) on the building side for easy connection to the overhead fire sprinkler system. The IBR features Lead Free* construction to comply with Lead Free* installation requirements. Ames In-Building Risers are precision engineered and manufactured to provide exceptional reliability and reduce installation time & labor costs associated with field assembly. In accordance with NFPA 24, the ULJFM approved In-Building Risers replace numerous fittings, elbows & spools and reduces the possibility of leaks or failure in comparison to traditional installation methods and materials. Factory tested integrity ensures the highest quality installation. The use of stainless steel significantly increases the reliability and life of the riser. *The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight. Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary tarts and metric are apixooimate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure- ments, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Technical Service. Ames Fire & Waterworks reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without poor notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames Fire & Waterworks products previously or subsequently sold. AMES FIRE & WATERWORKS A WATTS Brand I CIPS Coupling Tie-Rod Bracket C Specifications In-Building Riser shall be installed as indicated on the plans. Riser shall be composed of a single extended 90 degree fitting of fabricated 304 stainless steel tubing, maximum working pressure 200psi (14 bar). The fitting shall have a grooved-end connection on the outlet (building) side and a CIPS coupler on the inlet (underground) side. The grooved end shall include a coupler and cap to facilitate testing of the underground pip- ing. The In-Building Riser shall be an Ames Fire & Waterworks Series IBR. Approvals Fittings FM class 1920 UL HKQA(4"-10") SO * Dimensions — Weights Standards NFPA - Designed to allow the contractor to conform to NFPA 24 Where a riser is close to building foundations, underground fittings of proper design and type shall be used to avoid pipe joints being located under the foundations. End Connections Horizontal End: Mates with Ductile Iron Pipe and AWWA 0900 Pipe (PVC Pipe with Ductile Iron Pipe Equivalent OD's) Utilizes Gasket conforming to UL 157 with "Lock in" gasket configuration 1t(!1J in. mm in. mm 4 100 4.8 122 6 150 6.9 175 8 200 9.1 230 10 250 1 11.1 282 —* A Grooved End (Flange Optional) Vertical End: Meets AWWA 0-606 dimensions for roll grooved pipe Meets AWWA 0-207 class D for flanges Ratings Meets AWWA 0-900 pressure class 200, DR 14 Pipe Testing Welds are 100% leak tested at the factory SIZE DESIGN IIPROOF lPRESSURE I1 in. mm psi bar 4 100 1000 70 6 150 1000 70 8 200 800 56 10 250 800 56 SIZE (ON) WEIGHT in. mm A(OD) in. mm B ft. cm C ft. cm lbs. kg 4 100 41/2 114 6 183 6 183 71 32 6 150 6In 168 6 183 6 183 98 44 8 200 81h 219 6 183 6 183 129 59 10 250 1 10,4 273 1 6 183 1 6 183 1 202 92 **Each B (vertical) and C (horizontal) lea is customizable from 3 to 20 with UL/FM approvals. Consult with 'your factory representative for details. Inquire with governing authorities for local installation requirements NOTICE The information contained herein is not intended to replace the full product installation and safety information available or the experience of a trained product installer. You are required to thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety information before beginning the installation of this product. A M E S FIRE & WATER WORKS A WATTS Brand USA: Backflow Tel: (978) 689-6066 • Fax: (978) 975-8350 • AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves Tel: (713) 943-0688 • Fax: (713) 944-9445 • AmesFireWater.com Canada: Tel: (905) 332-4090 • Fax: (905) 332-7068 • AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: Tel: (52) 81-1001-8600 • Fax: (52) 81-8000-7091 • AmesFireWater.com ES-A-lnBuildingRiser 1626 © 2016 Ames Fire & Waterworks D ull Moose Tube® is a customer focused, LO growth oriented manufacturer and marketer of tubular products, where success is based on a commitment to meeting the customer's perception of quality. Our strength resides in our people working together to satisfy customers and to promote business growth by achieving superior financial performance. www.BuIlMooseTube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com 800.325.4467 BULL. MOOSE TUBE COMPANY 2 Bull Moose Tube's® "Eddy Pipe®" brand sprinkler pipe is produced to meet sprinkler pipe standards and applications. c®ijs LISTED <*> I APPROVED t;]A6 ONA I NFPA' FB ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDY PIPE® FAMILY All pipe products are UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), and have been approved by Factory Mutual. Excellent production and coating capabilities, tighter tolerances, and our unique steel properties make our pipe excellent for roll grooving, welding, threading, and plain end fittings. All products are certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795. Available in specific cut to order lengths from regular mill rollings. More popular sizes available with coating or bare. Ultra Eddy®, Eddy Flow®, Eddylite®, and Eddythread 40® offer cost savings along with superior hydraulics without compromising service life. Sprinkler pipe inventory stocked in Masury, Ohio; Gerald, Missouri; Casa Grande, Arizona; and Kent, Washington. All Bull Moose (black) sprinkler pipe includes our exclusive EDDY GUARD It® MIC preventative coating. Bull Moose Tube® sprinkler pipe is rBCTM compatible. PRODUCTS Schedule 10 and Schedule 40: FM approved and UL listed sprinkler pipe. Eddythread 40®: Light threadable Schedule 40 replacement with corrosion resistance ratio of 1.0. Eddylite®: Lightwall threadable with standard outside diameter. Eddy Flow®: Cost effective replacement for Schedule 10. Ultra Eddy®: Liqhtwall roll qroovable pipe. Bull Moose galvanized steel sprinkler pipe is hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. PROTECTION Eddy Guard Il®: Bull Moose Tube® is producing product that can resist bacteriological growth even after multiple rinse-outs. You know MIC corrosion can impact your installation and your property. Specify Bull Moose Tube® "Eddy Guard Il®" and feel comfortable knowing that you are getting Eddy Pipe® product you trust with the bacteria resistance you need. Eddy Guard Il® is FBCTM system compatible for use in hybrid systems as well as FM approved. All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose TubeO reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are IM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube® made the decision to have them approved and listed. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 have a pressure rating of 300 PSI and have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipes are made to ASTM Al 35 and A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating, but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM & UL requirements ofASTM A123 c®us LISTED APPROVED ONM NFPA FB 12 SCHEDULE 10 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.315 1.097 15.27 1.41 lbs/ft 1.820 91 1-1/4 -. 1.660 1.442 9.91 1.81 lbs/ft 2.518 - 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.682 7.76 2.09 lbs/ft 3.053 61 2 2.375 ' 2.157 6.27 2.64 lbs/ft 4.223 37 2-1/2 2.875 2.635 4.92 3.53 lbs/ft 5.893 30 3 3.500 3.260 3.54 4.34 lbs/ft 7.957 19 4 4.500 4.260 2.50 5.62 lbs/ft 11.796 19 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.315 1.049 1.00 1.68 lbs/ft 2.055 70 1-1/4 1.660 1.380 1.00 2.27 lbs/ft 2.918 51 1-1/2 1.900 1.610 1.00 2.72 lbs/ft 3.602 44 2 2.375 2.067 1.00 3.66 lbs/ft 5.114 30 21/2* 2.875 2.468 1.00 5.80 lbs/ft 7.875 30 3* 3.500 3.068 1.00 7.58 lbs/ft 10.783 19 4* 4.500 4.026 1.00 10.80 lbs/ft 16.316 19 *Only available in Casa Grande, AZ **Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.buIlmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@buIlmoosetube.com 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Masury, OH BUU IVIODSE TUBE COMPANY c®us LISTED <> APPROVED 14M] NFPX FEW -I NPS(IN) 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 O.D.(in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 l.D.(in) 1.201 1.546 1.786 2.261 ULTRA EDDY® Empty Weight (lblft) 0.868 1.107 1.274 1.604 Water-Filled Weight (lb/It) 1.359 1.920 2.360 3.344 C.R.R. 2.17 1.40 1.11 1.00 r 0.D. (in) 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 l.D.(in) 1.530 1.728 2.203 2.705 3.334 4.310 Empty Weight (lblft) 1.222 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 EDDY FLOW® Water-Filled Weight (lblft) 2.019 2.860 3.982 5.299 7.144 11.290 -- C.R.R. 1.98 3.44 2.78 1.66 1.00 1.00 7 0.D. (in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 l.D.(in) 1.097 1.442 1.682 2.157 2.635 3.260 4.260 SCHEDULE Empty Weight (lb/It) 1.410 1.810 2.090 2.640 3.530 4.340 5.620 10 Water-Filled Weight(lb/It) 1.820 2.518 3.053 4.223 5.893 7.957 11.796 C.R.R. 15.27 9.91 7.76 6.27 4.92 3.54 2.50 - O.D.(in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 l.D.(in) 1.137 1.482 1.712 2.177 EDDYLITE® Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.260 1.617 1.967 2.617 Water-Filled Weight (lb/It) 1.700 2.364 2.965 4.230 C.R.R. 0.13 0.08 0.12 0.16 O.D.(in) 1.295 1.650 1.900 2.375 l.D.(in) 1.083 1.418 1.645 2.123 EDDYTHREAD Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.461 2.070 2.547 3.308 4Q® Water-Filled Weight (lb/It) 1.860 2.754 3.468 4.842 -- C.R.R. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - 1 0.D. (in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 l.D.(in) 1.049 1.380 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 4.026 SCHEDULE 1 40 Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.680 2.270 2.720 3.660 5.800 7.580 10.800 Water-Filled Weight(lb/ft) 2.055 2.918 3.602 5.114 7.875 10.783 16.316 -- C.R.R. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.buIlmoosetube.com Q ® - - Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bulImoosetube.com 1819 Clarkson Road Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande,AZ Masur OH Chesterfield, MO 63017 BUU FODS11Jfl cDlvIPANY 9 0 PW R_ , ~ NO D zhl A E SCHEDULE 10 SCHEDULE 40 EDDYTHREAD 40® EDDYLITE® EDDY FLOW® ULTRA EDDY® Bull Moose Tube® is producing product with "Eddy Guard Il®" that can resist bacteriological growth even after multiple rinse-outs. You know MIC corrosion can impact your installation and your property. Specify Bull Moose Tube® "Eddy Guard Il®" and feel comfortable knowing that you are getting the ddy Pipe product you trust with the bacteri resistance you need. ~AA 11 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16- 388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL THREADED FITTINGS 90° Elbow - Straight i'iiJii...Star Fire Products Division of Anvil' International rtiin. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) Submittal Sheet APPROVED For Listing! Approval details contact your AnvilStarTM Representative. GURE 351900 ELBOW III:71Ic1:l Weight Size A B block gals. NPS/ON In/mm InJmm lbs/kg lbs/kg /4 ½ 0.16 0.11 8 13 22 0.01 0.08 146 0.25 0.26 10 14 24 0.11 0.12 I/ IIA6 1½ 0.4 0.41 IS Ii 29 0.18 0.19 3/4 '4e 1/16 0.6 0.61 20 22 33 0.27 0.28 1 lie 1½ 0.92 0.95 25 24 38 0.42 0.43 1½ 1½ 13/4 1.4 1.5 32 29 44 0.65 0.66 1½ 1/16 11A6 2 2 40 33 49 0.88 0.91 2 1/t6 21/4 3.1 3.2 50 40 57 1.4 1.5 21h 1'3Ae 2"A6 4.9 5.1 65 47 68 2.2 2.3 3 2A6 31A 7.2 1.4 80 56 19 3.3 3.4 4 2'½e 39A6 12 13 100 68 98 5.5 5.7 5 3A6 41h 21 - 125 84 114 10 - 6 37A 5½ 31 33 ISO 98 130 14 IS 8 53Ae VA 65 67 200 132 167 29 30 Anvil standard and extra heavy cast iron threaded fittings are Anvil standard and extra heavy fittings in this section, sizes manufactured in accordance with ASME-131 6.4 (except plugs 1/4 NPS - 1 2NPS (8 - 300 DN), are included in the "List of and bushings, ASME B 16.14). Dimensions also conform to Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by Federal Specifications, WW-P-501 (except plugs and bushings the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WW-P-471). NOTE: See the Technical Data section For pressure-temperature ratings. See AnvilStor Web site For the most current Listings and approvals. PROJECT INFORMATION: Project: undefined Date: undefined Phone: undefined Architect / Engineer: undefined Contractor: undefined Address: undefined Notes 1: undefined Notes 2: undefined Anvil Cast & Malleable Iron Fittings For the latest UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved pressure ratings, versus pipe schedule, REV. 03.03.06.001 go to www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar representative Square Head Plugs (Cored) ,iiIStar' Fire Products Division of Anvil' International (jArJviL Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) Submittal Sheet APPROVED For Listing /Approval details contact your AnvilStarTM Representative. - FIGURE1c1*I, SQUARE HEAD PLUGS j[(CORED) I Weight Size black gals. NPS/DN lbs/kg lbs/kg 3/4 0.13 0.14 20 0.06 0.06 0.25 0.28 25 OIl 0.13 11/4 0.39 0.41 32 0.18 0.18 1½ 0.5 0.52 40 0.23 0.23 2 0.81 0.83 50 0.37 0.38 2½ 1.3 1.3 65 0.6 0.61 3 1.9 1.9 80 0.85 0.87 31 t 2.5 2.6' 90 1.1 1.2. 4 4 4 100 1 1.8 1 1.8 POA Not stocked c:i '/e, lu, /8 NPS/DN (6,8 & 10 ON) plugs burnished in steel. A 1/2 and 3/4 NPS/DN 115 & 20 DNI countersunk plugs furnished in malleable iron. Anvil standard and extra heavy cast iron threaded fittings are Anvil standard and extra heavy fittings in this section, sizes manufactured in accordance with ASME-131 6.4 (except plugs 1/4 NPS - 1 2NPS (8 - 300 DN), are included in the "List of and bushings, ASME B16.14). Dimensions also conform to Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by Federal Specifications, WW-P-501 (except plugs and bushings the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WW-P-471). NOTE: See the Technical Data section for pressure-temperature ratings. See AnvilStar Web site for the most current Listings and approvals. - PROJECT IltINFORMATION: l Project: undefined Date: undefined Phone: undefined Architect I Engineer: undefined Contractor: undefined Address: undefined Notes 1: undefined Notes 2: undefined Anvil Cast & Malleable Iron Fittings For the latest UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved pressure ratings, versus pipe schedule, ANVIL REV. 03.03.06-0019 go to www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar representative UL APPROVED .- - - - For Listing /Approval details contact your AnvilStarlM Representative. FIGURE 367 COME Size A B Weigh! black NPS/ON tIPS/ON In/mm In/mm lbs/kg 3/4 ½ sit 19A6 0.4 20 IS 76 40 0.18 111i6 1A6 0.54 1 75 Ii 43 0.24 25 /4 'As 1½ 0.63 20 II 38 0.29 Ih 'A6 Pit 0.84 IS 74 41 0.38 11/4 3/4 21A 1.1 32 20 25 54 0.49 1 1A6 214 1.1 25 24 54 0.49 1/ 1/ Pit 1 IS 13 41 0.45 3/4 l Pit 1.2 1½ 20 73 41 0.54 40 1 ½ 13/ 1.5 25 73 44 0.68 1 21/i 1.5 32 25 51 0.66 sit 2 2 IS II 57 0.91 2 3/4 3/4 2 1.9 50 20 79 SI 0.86 1 3/4 2 1.8 25 19 SI 0.83 Concentric Reducers ,JJi..Star Fire Products Division of Anvil' International Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) Submittal Sheet IIYTRIC REDUCERS Size A I B ' Weight black tIPS/ON NPS/ON In/mm In/mm lbs/kg 11/4 1A6 21A 1.8 2 50 32 22 54 0.81 1½ 'it 2A 6 2 (con!) 40 22 56 0.9 1½ 3/4 2 3.1 214 40 19 SI 1.4 65 2 1 2A 6 3 50 25 65 1.4 3/4 1 1A 2½ 4.3 20 24 64 2 3 2 PA 2/4 4 80 50 27 10 1.8 2½ 1A6 21A6 4.4 65 24 73 2 2 1 3A 6 21A6 6.5 50 30 15 2.9 4 214 1A6 3½ 7.8 700 65 30 79 . 3.5 3 3½ 7 80 27 19 3.2 5 4 FAt 3A6 10 125 100 27 84 4.8 4 1½ 3A6 14 6 100 29 87 6.3 ISO 5 1½ 394 16 125 29 90 7 8 6 11/4 37A 29 200 750 32 98 13 hex end Anvil standard and extra heavy cast iron threaded fittings are manufactured in accordance with ASME-B16.4 (except plugs and bushings, ASME B16.14). Dimensions also conform to Federal Specifications, WW-P-501 (except plugs and bushings WW-P-471). Anvil standard and extra heavy fittings in this section, sizes 1/4 NPS - 1 2NPS (8 - 300 DN), are included in the "List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. NOTE: See the Technical Data section for pressure-temperature ratings. See AnvilSiar Web site for the most current Listings and approvals. PROJECT INFORMATION: APPROVAL STAMP: Project: undefined Date: undefined Phone: undefined Architect I Engineer: undefined Contractor: undefined Address: undefined Notes 1: undefined Notes 2: undefined Anvil Cast & Malleable Iron Fittings For the latest UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved pressure ratings, versus pipe schedule, REV. 03.03.06-0011 go to www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar representative FIGURE 352 ' Size I A I hl B C D Wn black NPS/ON NPS/DN In/mm In/mm In/mm In/mm lbs/kg 1/4 3/4 ]1,j6 .l i/2 0.4 l, 8 16 19 27 21 . 0.18 Is 3 5 111i6 11/u 0.34 10 16 Ii 27 27 0.15 3/4 1/2 11/26 1/16 11/4 11/4 0.51 20 IS Ii 22 32 32 0.23 ½ 11/26 '/16 ]3/2 l/2 0.67 1 IS 17 24 35 35 0.3 25 3/4 lA6 A6 1,16 1½6 0.16 20 22 24 37 31 0.34 /2 11/26 11/26 ]I/2 ]I/2 1.1 IS Ii 27 38 38 0.49 11/4 3/4 1A6 ]1/2 ]5/2 15it 1 32 20 22 29 41 41 0.46 1 15/26 ]1/2 111/26 lA6 1.2 25 24 29 43 43 0.55 1/2 3/4 ]1/4 ]5/2 ]5/2 1.5 IS 19 32 41 41 0.69 3/4 ½ 1A6 11A6 11A6 1.6 1½ 20 22 33 47 47 0.7 40 1 1 ]l/4 11A6 11A6 1.4 25 25 32 1 47 41 0.65 lh/4 1A6 1/4 1½ 11,t 1.7 32 30 32 48 48 0.79 /2 lA6 1/26 ]3/2 l/2 2.2 IS 30 37 35 35 I 3/4 1A6 114 2 2 2.2 20 33 38 51 51 1 2 1 1½6 11/26 2 2 2.1 50 25 27 37 51 51 0.9- 1 'A 1A6 1½6 2½6 2½6 2.3 0 37 52 52 1.1 32 tj ]l/2 A6 1½ 21/2 2½ 2.6 403 38 54 54 1.2 1 1 1/4 2A6 2A6 2.9 21h 25 25 44 59 1 59 1.3 65 11/4 1A6 1/4 2/2 1 2/2 3.4 32 30 1 44 60 60 1.5 lulllullkl[e!1I:Ie1YAY Size A B C D Wei hI k lIPS/ON UPS/ON In/mm In/mm In 1mm In/mm lbs/kg 2½ 1½ 1A6 11A6 2½6 21/26 3.7 65 40 33 47 62 62 1.7 2 (cow) 50 40 48 65 65 1.8 11/4 ]5/2 2fl6 2'A6 2'A6 6 32 41 59 75 75 1 2.1 1½ l/2 2A6 21546 215/26 5.1 3 40 41 59 75 75 2.6 80 2 ]5/2 21/4 21546 2A6 5.7 50 41 51 75 15 2.6 2½ ]1/2 2A ti 3/26 31,46 6.4 65 48 56 78 18 2.9 3'/2 3 2M 21/26 33/2 33/2 8.9 90 80 56 62 1 86 1 86 4.1 2 2A6 2i5A6 35/2 35/2 12 50 56 75 92 92 5.4 21h 2A6 2/4 35/2 35/2 11 4 65 56 70 92 92 S.? 3 2A6 211/26 35/2 35/2 11 IOU 80 56 68 92 92 4.8 3/2 2A& 211/26 311/26 311/26 12 90 62 68 94 94 5.4 21h 21A6 31/2 43/2 43/2 20 65 73 89 III III 9 5 3 213A6 3½6 43/2 43/2 19 125 80 73 87 II? III 8.6 4 21A6 3A6 43/2 43/2 16 IOU 73 84 Ill III 7.5 3 2A 6 31A6 41A6 41A6 19 80 59 98 124 124 8.8 6 4 21A6 31/2 415/26 415,46 24 ISO I00 13 98 125 125 II 5 3it 3l A6 5 5 27 125 86 98 121 121 12 8 6 1 4A6 51/2 I 6/2 6/2 51 200 150 106 1 130 162 162 23 UL APPROVED For Listing! Approval details contact your AnvilStarcM Representative. 900 Reducing Elbow AAVALStar- Fire Products Division of Anvil International Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) Submittal Sheet Anvil standard and extra heavy cast iron threaded fittings are manufactured in accordance with ASME-131 6.4 (except plugs and bushings, ASME B 16.14). Dimensions also conform to Federal Specifications, WW-P-501 (except plugs and bushings WW-P-471). Anvil standard and extra heavy fittings in this section, sizes 1/4 NPS - 1 2NPS (8 - 300 DN), are included in the "List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. NOTE: See the Technical Data section for pressure-temperature ratings. See AnvilStar Web site for the most current Listings and approvals. TPROJECT IIINFORMATI ON: I Project: undefined Date: undefined Phone: undefined Architect / Engineer: undefined Contractor: undefined Address: undefined Notes 1: undefined Notes 2: undefined Anvil Cast & Malleable Iron Fittings For the latest UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved pressure ratings, versus pipe schedule, REV. 03.03.06.002 go to www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar representative FIGURE c14:I1 STRAIGHT II I I Weighl Size A B black gals. NPS/DN In/mm In/mm lbs/kg lbs/kg 1/4 ½ 13A6 0.22 0.23 8 73 22 0.7 0.1 1 0.35 0.36 70 16 25 0.16 0.76 ½ 1½ 0.56 0.58 75 Ii 29 0.25 0.26 3/4 13A6 1A6 0.84 0.85 20 22 33 0.38 0.39 1 11/2 1.3 1.3 25 24 38 0.57 0.59 1'/4 1½ 1/4 2 2.1 32 29 44 0.9 0.9 1½ 15As 1A6 2.7 2.7 40 33 49 1.2 7.2 2 19A6 21/4 4.2 4.3 50 40 57 1.9 2 21h 1'3A6 2A6 6.7 6.8 65 41 68 3 3.1 3 23A6 31/2 10 10 80 56 79 4.5 4.6 31/2 27A 3 1/26 13 14 90 62 81 6 6.3 4 211/26 . 33/4 16 11 700 68 95 7.4 7.7 S 3A6 41/2 27 28 725 84 714 72 73 6 371s 51A 41 41 ISO 98 730 79 19 8 53/2k 6A6 19 81 200 132 767 36 37 UL APPROVED For Listing /Approval details contact your AnvilStarTM Representative. Straight Tee ,NJiiStar Fire Products Division of Anvil' international ()Arvi Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) Submittal Sheet Anvil standard and extra heavy cast iron threaded fittings are Anvil standard and extra heavy fittings in this section, sizes manufactured in accordance with ASME-131 6.4 (except plugs 1/4 NPS - 1 2NPS (8 - 300 DN), are included in the "List of and bushings, ASME B16.14). Dimensions also conform to Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by Federal Specifications, WW-P-501 (except plugs and bushings the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WW-P-471). NOTE: Seethe Technical Data section for pressure-temperature ratings. See AnvilStar Web site for the most current listings and approvals. PROJECT IIINFORMATION: APPROVAL STAMP: I Project: undefined Date: undefined Phone: undefined Architect / Engineer: undefined Contractor: undefined Address: undefined Notes 1: undefined Notes 2: undefined Anvil Cast & Malleable Iron Fittings For the latest UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved pressure ratings, versus pipe schedule, REV. 03.03.06005 go to www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar representative 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16 - 388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL GROOVED FITTINGS FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) FireLock® Style 005 rigid coupling has a unique, patented angle-pad design which allows the housings to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is obtained. Support and hanging requirements correspond to NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the housing over the gasket. This reduces components to handle during assembly. Style 005 FireLock coupling are designed and recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. VicPlusTM Gasket System: In North America, Victaulic® offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems that are hydrostatically tested. The VicPlusTM System (patented) is dry, clean, and non-toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over- lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (1-100) for supplemental lubrication requirements and dry pipe fire protection system notes. () <:e-> (Ir C § LPC and VdS Approved, Le notes on page 4 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS vicPhat \Goset 5°! LISTING/APPROVALS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Related Working Pressure - psi Related 1. Working fm 300 g3oo N/A 114 -4 Pressure - psi Related Working Pressure - psi 5 1143 175 175 175 EL 1'4-2 300 N/A N/A MT 16-2 350 350 350 ET 1 '/ - 2 300 N/A N/A STF 1 '4 - 4 N/A 10,40 5-8 300 300 300 EZ 4-6 3001 N/A 300 Steady 14-2 N/A N/A 300 BLT 1 '4 - 2 300 300 N/A FF 14 - 4 N/A N/A 300 IF 3 - 8 N/A N/A 300 OF 14-4 300 300 300 14-7 300 N/A N/A WLS 14-2 300 300 N/A DI 114-2 300 300 N/A ~GAJJIL-7 LT 11/4_2 300 N/A N/A XL 1¼-3 300 300 300 EF 1Y-4 175@ N/A 175 MF 114-4 300 1 N/A 300° ° FM approved for service in 1 ½ - 4' pipe. a UL Listed for service up 104' pipe only. @ UL Listed for service up 103' only. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Pa ra___________ Location Date Approved Date____________________________________ www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. tO 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. X. A~c _t:a _U1 ii d REV-1 10.02_1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.02 FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) Bolt/Nut@ No - Size Dimensions - Inches/mm Approx. Wgt. Each 1 ¼ 1.660 350 755 0.05 2-~x2'h 2.75 4.50 1.88 . 1.2 32 42.4 2413 3370 1.2 70 114 148 0.5 1½ 1.900 350 990 0.05 2-3/ax2'% 3.00 4.75 1.88 1.2 40 48.3 2413 4415 1.2 76 1 121 148 0.5 2 2.375 350 1550 0.07 3.50 5.25 1.88 1.6 50 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 2-3/8x2½89 133 148 0.7 21/2 2.875 350 2270 0.07 2 -3/rx2½ 4.00 5.75 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 2413 10110 1.7 102 146 148 .09 76.1 mm 3.000 350 2475 0.07 2 -½x2½ 4.13 5.75 1.88 1.9 76.1 2413 11010 1.7 lOS 146 148 0.9 3 3.500 350 3365 0.07 2 -3/8x2½ 4.63 6.13 1.88 2.1 80 88.9 2413 14985 1.7 118 156 148 1.0 4 4.500 350 5565 0.16 5.75 7.25 2.13 3.1 100 114.3 2413 24770 4.1 2-3/sx21h146 184 54 1.4 108.0mm 4,250 300 4255 0.16 2-3/sX2½ 5.63 7.25 2.13 3.1 108.0 2068 18940 4.1 143 184 54 1.4 5 5.563 300 7290 0.16 2-½x3 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.5 125 141.3 2068 32445 4.1 175 229 54 2.0 5.250 300 6495 0.16 6.63 9.00 2.13 4.5 133.0 mm 133.0 2068 28900 4.1 2-½x23/4 168 229 54 2.0 139.7 mm 5.500 300 7125 0.16 2-½x2~ 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.8 139.7 2068 31715 4.1 175 229 54 2.2 6 6.625 300 10340 0.16 2-½x3 8.00 10.00 2.13 5.0 150 168.3 2068 46020 4.1 203 254 53 2.3 159.0mm 6.250 300 9200 0.16 2-½x2~ 7.63 10.00 2.13 5.5 159.0 2068 40955 4.1 194 254 54 2.5 165.1 mm 6.500 300 9955 0.16 2-½x3 8.15 10.00 2.13 5.5 165.1 2068 44295 - 4.1 207 254 54 2.5 8 8.625 300 17525 0.19 2-5/8x41/. 10.50 13.14 2.63 11.3 200 219.1 2068 78000 4.8 267 334 67 5.1 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for perfor- mance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. t The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 005 couplings are con- sidered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. § Style 005 couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 12 Bar/175 psi. DIMENSIONS AJ•L I IUL I 'III' Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350p51/2413kPa fort ¼- 47/32 - 100mm sizes and 300 psi /2068 kPa for 41/4 - 87108 - 200mm sizes; Schedule 10 roll grooved or Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. Style 005 is rigid and does not accommodate expansion, contraction or angular deflection. www.victaulic.com ictaulid VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.02_2 REV-1 NO. 20 TEE NO. 10 ELBOW ALTERNATE STYLES Grooved End Fittings Victaulic offers a broad line of fittings in sizes through 48/1200mm in a variety of straight and reducing styles. Most standard fittings are cast of durable ductile iron to precise tolerances. Victaulic standard fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 77 couplings. All fittings are supplied with grooves or shoulders to permit fast installation without field prepara- tion. The grooved design permits flexibility for easy alignment. These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic couplings for plain end pipe (refer to Section 14.04 for fittings available for plain end applications). Fittings are provided in various materials including ductile iron, steel or segmentally welded steel depending on styles and size. Fittings are painted orange enamel with a galvanized finish avail- able as an option, contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic fittings are designed specifically for use in grooved piping systems. Fittings are provided grooved or with shoulders conforming to standard steel pipe outside diameters. When connecting wafer or lug-type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings with 741 or 743 Vic-Flange® adapt- ers, check disc clearance dimensions with I.D. dimension of fitting. Advanced Groove System - For 14 - 247350 - 600 mm piping systems, Victaulic now offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). Refer to Section 20.05 for AGS fitting details. Stainless Steel - Grooved end fittings are available in Schedule 10 Type 316 stainless steel (Schedule 5, 40 and Type 304 available as an option) in various sizes. Fitting center-to-end dimensions will vary depending upon type and schedule. Refer to Section 17.04 and 17.16 for details. Aluminum - Grooved end fittings are available in aluminum alloy 356 T6, in sizes from 1 - 8725 — 200 mm. Refer to Section 21.03 or contact Victaulic for details. AGS - ADVANCED GROOVE SYSTEM Extra Heavy EndSeal® "ES" Fittings - EndSeal fittings are available in 2 - 12750 — 300 mm for use with "ES" grooved pipe and HP-70ES EndSeal couplings. "ES" fittings are painted black for easy identification. EndSeal (and standard) fittings may be easily internally coated (by others) for severe service requirements. Always specify "ES EndSeal fittings" when ordering. See Section 07.03 for information on EndSeal fittings. Fittings Machined for Rubber or Urethane Lining (MRL) - For severe abrasive services, Victaulic fittings may be rubber or urethane lined (by others). Lining may be inside diameter/end (abrasion resistance) or wrap-around (corrosion and/or abrasion) machined. Refer to Section 25.03 or contact Victaulic for specific details. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Pa ra Location Date Approved www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REVL stauIic" 07.01_i IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings NO. 10 ELBOW NO. 20 TEE DIMENSIONS Elbows NO. 10 900 Elbow NO. 11 450 Elbow NO. 12 221h° Elbow NO. 13 11'A° Elbow NO. 100 900 Long Radius NO. 110 45° Long Radius C to E1 (Ductile Iron *) 1 C to E I- NO. 10 2 2E C to E " Y CtoE NO. 11 NO. 12 C to CtoE t' C o NO. 13 NO. 100 NO. 110 V4 1.050 2.25 0.5 1.50 0.5 I 1.63 sw 1.385w 20 26.9 57 0.2 38 0.2 41 - 35 - - - - - 1 1.315 2.25 0.6 1.75 0.6 3.25 @ 0.6 1.38 SW 0.3 25 33.7 57 0.3 44 0.3 83 0.3 35 0.1 1 - - - - 1 Y4 1.660 2.75 1.0 1.75 0.9 1.75 0.8 1.385w 0.5 32 42.4 70 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 - - - - 1½ 1.900 2.75 1.2 1.75 0.9 1.75 0.8 1.38 SW 0.5 40 48.3 70 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 - - - - 2 2.375 3.25 1.8 2.00 1.3 3.75 @ 1.4 1.38 1.0 4.38 2.5 2.75 1.8 50 60.3 83 0.8 51 0.6 95 0.6 35 0.5 111 1.1 70 0.8 2½ 2.875 3.75 3.2 2.25 2.2 4.00@ 2.3 1.50 1.1 5.00 4.1 3.00 2.8 65 73.0 95 1.5 57 1.0 102 1.0 38 0.5 127 1.9 76 1.3 76.1 mm 3.000 3.75 3.7 2.25 3.4 76.1 95 1.7 57 1.5 - - - - - - - - 3 3.500 4.25 4.5 2.50 3.1 4.50 @ 3.1 1.50 2.1 5.88 6.0 3.38 4.9 80 88.9 108 2.0 64 1.4 114 1.4 38 1.0 149 2.7 86 2.2 31/2 4.000 4.50 5.6 2.75 4.3 2.505w 4.0 1.75 SW 2.7 90 101.6 114 2.5 70 2.0 64 1.8 44 1.2 - - - 4 4.500 5.00 7.1 3.00 5.6 2.88 5.6 1.75 3.6 7.50 12.3 4.00 7.3 100 114.3 127 3.2 76 2.5 73 2.5 44 1.6 191 5.6 102 3.3 108.0 mm 4.250 5.00 11.0 3.00 5.6 - 108.0 127 5.0 76 2.5 - - - - - - - 41 5.000 5.255W 10.0 3.135W 6.0 3.50 6.6 1.885W 4.2 120 127.0 133 4.5 79 2.7 89 3.0 48 1.9 - - - - 5 5.563 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 2.885w 7.8 2.005w 5.0 18.2 14.8 125 141.3 140 5.3 83 3.8 73 3.5 51 2.2 + 8.3 + 6.7 133.0 mm 5.250 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 133.0 140 5.3 83 3.8 - - - - - - - - 139.7 mm 5.500 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 139.7 140 5.3 83 3.8 - - - - - - - - 6 6.625 6.50 17.2 3.50 10.8 6.25 @ 12.2 2.00 7.0 10.75 30.4 5.50 17.4 150 168.3 165 7.8 89 4.9 159 5.5 51 3.2 273 13.8 140 7.9 159.0 mm 6.250 6.50 18.6 3.50 10.8 - - 159.0 165 8.4 89 4.9 - - - - - - 6.500 6.50 15.5 3.50 9.8 3.13 11.4 2.00 7.4 10.75 29.0 5.50 19.0 165.1 mm 165.1 165 70 89 4.4 1 79 5.2 51 3.4 273 13.2 140 8.6 www.victaulic.com . ictaulid VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 07.01_4 REV_L IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings NO. 10 ELBOW NO. 20 TEE MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Or: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (adapter, swaged & hose) 3A - 4/20 - 100mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F 5-67125— 150mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or 5, Gr. B 8— 12/200 - 300mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or 5, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (Nipple - see above) Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16.1 Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coatings: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard - see product specifications. Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: None (Unfinished) Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others. www.victaulic.com vICTAuLIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAuLIc COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REVL \4t -au licr 07.013 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings NO. 10 ELBOW NO. 20 TEE Concentric/Eccentric Reducer NO. 50 Concentric NO. 51 Eccentric FtoE'1 Et (Ductile Iron ) ¶IE1 F",--d NO. 50 NO. 51 Size - -T - ninal Concentric Reducer Eccentric - - - Reducer rN,or - nches mm --- 7= Inches mm, Inches mm 0 0.9 1 /3 3/4 1.4 - - 40 20 + 0.6 2.50 (sw) 0.8 8.50 4.5 1 25 64 0.4 216 2.0 11.1. 2.50'(sw) 1.0 32 64 0.5 - - 2 3/, x 2.50' (sw) 0.9 9.00 2.0 50 20 64 0.3 229 0.9 1 2.50' (Sw) 0.7 9.00 2.3 25 64 0.3 229 1.0 2.50' (Sw) 1.2 9.00 4.6 1'/ 32 64 0.5 229 2.1 2.50'Owl 1.0 9.00 4.6 1/2 40 64 0.5 229 2.1 2/2 x 11. 1.3 + 3.3 65 20 + 0.6 1.5 1 9.50 3.6 9.50 3.5 25 64 1.5 241 1.6 2.50' (Sw) 3.3 9.50 + 1 '/. 32 64 1.5 241 2.50' (Sw) 3.6 9.50 3.7 11/2 40 64 1.6 241 1.7 2 2.50 (Sw) 3.9 9.50 4.3 50 64 1.8 241 2.0 3 /, 1.5 4.5 80 20 + 0.7 + 2.0 1 2.50'Owl 1.3 9.50 4.8 25 64 0.6 241 2.2 11/ 3.0 4.8 32 + 1.4 + 2.2 1112 2.50 • (Sw) 5.1 9.50 5.1 40 64 2.3 241 2.3 2 2.50(sw) 1.6 3.50 (sw) 6.0 50 64 0.7 89 2.7 2.50' (SW) 1.8 3.50 (Sw) 7.0 21/2 65 64 0.8 89 3.2 2.50 (sw) 2.1 1 76.1 64 1.0 - - Size INominal Size Concentric Reducer !1 Eccentric Reducer Inches mm 31/3 3 E to E Inches mm 2.50 (sw) 2.0 9.50 7.0 90 80 64 0.9 241 3.2 4 1 3.00(sw) 3.0 13.00 6.5 100 >< 25 76 1.4 330 2.9 4.6 32 + 2.1 - - 11/2 10.00 6.9 10.00 8.1 40 254 3.1 254 3.7 3.00' (Sw) 2.4 4.00 (sw) 3.3 2 50 76 1.1 102 1.5 2/2 3.00' (sw) 2.7 4.00 (Sw) 3.4 65 76 1.2 102 1.5 3.00' (sw) 3.2 4.00 (Sw) 3.5 3 80 76 1.4 102 1.6 3.00 (sw) 2.9 10.00 8.0 3/3 90 76 1.3 254 3.6 5 2 11.00 9.0 11.00 5.2 125 SO 279 4.1 279 2.4 11.00 11.0 11.00 10.8 2/2 65 279 5.0 279 4.9 4.00(5w) 55 11.00 11.1 3 80 102 2.5 279 5.0 3.50 (Sw) 4.3 5.00 (Sw) 12.0 4 100 89 1.9 127 5.4 6 1 4.00'(SW) 5.0 11.50 14.5 150 25 102 2.3 292 6.6 11/2 5.5 40 + 2.5 + + 2 4.00'(SW) 6.6 11.50 14.5 50 102 3.0 292 6.6 2/2 4.00' (Sw) 6.4 11.50 14.2 65 102 2.9 292 6.4 3 4.00'(Sw) 6.4 5.50 (sw) 15.0 80 102 2.9 140 6.8 4 4.00 (SW) 6.5 5.50 (Sw) 17.0 100 102 2.9 140 7.7 4.00 (sw) 6.4 5.50 (Sw) 17.0 5 125 102 2.9 140 7.7 8 2/2 1600' (Sw) 7.9 12.00 26.1 200 >< 65 406 3.6 305 11.8 3 5.00 (Sw) 9.3 12.00 22.0 80 127 4.2 305 10.0 www.victaulic.com \14'tauIic VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAUUC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_L 07.01_23 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings NO. 10 ELBOW NO. 20 TEE Tees, Crosses and True Wyes NO. 2OTee -CtoE1 NO. 35 Cross NO. 33 True Wye NO. 29M Tee with I C Threaded Branch (Ductile Iron *) NO. 20 - C to E Cto LE \ NO 35 NO. 33 C to GE CJ NO. 29M Size ELI ee A116 mm 1/4 1.050 2.25 0.6 2.25 0.9 2.25 2.25 0.6 20 26.9 57 0.3 57 0.4 - - - 57 57 0.3 1 1.315 2.25 1.0 2.25 1.3 2.25 2.25 1.1 2.25 2.25 1.0 25 33.7 57 0.5 57 0.6 57 57 0.5 57 57 0.5 1A 1.660 2.75 1.5 2.75 2.1 2.75 2.50 1.5 2.75 2.75 1.5 32 42.4 70 0.7 70 1.0 70 64 0.7 70 70 0.7 11/2 1.900 2.75 2.0 2.75 2.5 2.75 2.75 1.8 2.75 2.75 2.0 40 48.3 70 1 0.9 70 1.1 1 70 70 0.8 1 70 70 0.9 2 2.375 3.25 3.0 3.25 3.8 3.25 2.75 2.5 3.25 4.25 3.00 50 60.3 83 1.4 83 1.7 83 70 1.1 83 108 1.4 2½ 2.875 3.75 4.3 3.75 6.1 3.75 3.00 4.3 3.75 3.75 4.3 65 73.0 95 2.0 95 2.8 95 76 2.0 95 95 2.0 76.1 6. mm 3.000 3.75 5.2 3.75 3.75 5.2(sw) 76.1 95 2.4 - - - - - 95 95 2.4 3 3.500 4.25 6.8 4.25 10.5 4.25 3.25 6.1 4.25 6.00 6.8 80 88.9 108 3.0 108 4.8 108 83 2.8 108 152 3.1 3½ 4.000 4.50(5w) 7.9 4.50 11.5 4.50 . 3.50 9.6 4.50 4.50 7.9(sw) 90 101.6 114 3.6 114 5.2 114 89 4.4 114 114 73.6 1080mm 4.250 5.00 15.5 5.00 5.00 15.5 108.0 127 7.0 - - - - - 127 127 7.0 4 4.500 5.00 11.9 5.00 15.8 5.00 3.75 10.0 5.00 7.25 11.9 100 114.3 127 5.4 127 7.2 127 95 4.5 127 184 5.4 416 5.000 5.25(5w) 15.0 5.25 18.5 5.25 5.25 15.0(5w) 120 127.0 133 6.8 133 8.4 - - 133 133 6.8 1330mm 5.250 5.50 17.8 5.50 5.50 17.8 133.0 140 8.1 - - - - - 140 140 8.1 1397 mm 5.500 5.50 17.8 5.50 5.50 17.8 139.7 140 8.1 - - - - 140 140 8.1 5 5.563 5.50 17.8 5.50 20.0 5.50 4.00 15.0 5.50 5.50 17.8(5w) 125 141.3 140 1 8.1 140 9.1 140 102 6.8 140 140 8.1 1590mm 6.250 6.50 27.1 6.50 6.50 27.1 159.0 165 12.3 - - - - - 165 165 12.3 1 16 5. mm 6.500 6.50 22.0 6.50 28.0 6.50 6.50 22.0 165.1 165 10.0 165 12.7 - - - 165 165 10.0 6 6.625 6.50 25.7 6.50 28.0 6.50 4.50 22.3 6.50 6.50 25.7(5w) 150 168.3 165 11.7 165 12.7 165 114 10.1 165 165 11.7 8 8.625 7.75 47.6 7.75 48.0 7.75 6.00 36.0 7.75 7.75 47.6(5w) 200 219.1 197 21.6 197 21.8 197 152 16.3 197 197 21.6 10 10.750 9.00 99.0 9.00 121.5 9.00 6.50 69.9 9.00 9.00 73.0 250 273.0 229 44.9 229 55.1 229 155 31.7 229 229 33.1 12 12.750 10.00 133.0 10.00 110.0 10.00 7.00 80.0 10.00 10.00 99.0 300 323.9 254 60.3 254 49.9 254 178 36.3 254 254 44.9 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 07.O1_8 4tauiicr REV_L FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V (UL, FM, VdS, LPCB) The FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings are rigid, installation-ready couplings for fire protection pipe joining. The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consis- tent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. ENTED STYLE 009 LISTINGS/APPROVALS tt The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. 1I gall IQI QZ -1103 11 m 9M, 5 l/42 175 175 175 EZT lY4-2 300 300 300 MT lh/4_2 300 300 300 10,40 14-4 300 300 300 FF 1'A-4 300 300 300 MLT 14-2 300 300 300 BLT 1 ¼ - 2 300 300 300 FLF 1 ¼ - 4 N/A N/A 300 ST 1 ¼ - 2 N/A N/A 300 OF 14-4 300 300 300 FLT 1¼-2 N/A N/A 300 STF 1¼-4 N/A N/A 300 DI 1¼-2 300 300 300 FLTL 1¼-2 N/A N/A 300 TF 2¼-4 N/A N/A 300 SF 1¼-4 175 175 175 GL 1¼-2 300 300 300 WLS 1¼-2 300 300 300 EL 1¼-2 300 300 300 05 14-2 175 175 175 WST 1¼-2 175 175 175 5140 114-2 300 300 300 07 114-2 300 300 300 XL 14-2 300 300 300 EZF 3-4 300 300 300 MI 114-4 1 300 300 1 300 STYLE 009V LISTINGS/APPROVALS t Pipe TtSchedule Size PressureI81jW: § 76.1 mm - - 168ar 232 psi 16Bar 232psi § 1 ¼ - 4, 76.1 mm 16Bar 168ar - - 32-100 232p5i 232p5i 1¼ 16Bar 20.7 Bar 32 - - 232 psi 300p5i 11/2 16Bar 20.78ar 40 - - 232psi 300 psi 10 40 2 6Bar 20.7 Bar 50 - - 232 psi 300 psi 3 16Bar 20.7 Bar 80 - - 232psi 300p5! 4 16Bar 20.7 Bar 100 - - 232psi 300psi f Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems I> -40'F/-40C). For rigid pipe connections in systems operating below 0'F/-18'C Victaulic recommends Style 005 FireLock rigid couplings with Grade L' silicone gaskets. 4 Please refer to the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (1-100) for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. § Style 009V couplings are VdS and LPC approved to 16 Bar/232 psi for wet and dry fire protection systems. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No.' Submitted By Spec Sect Para__________ Location Date Approved www.victaulic.com ir-jtauIic vlclAuuc IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. 0 2007 vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_H 10.60_1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS (ILII] FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V (UL, FM, VdS, LPCB) STYLE 009 DIMENSIONS STYLE 009 PRE-ASSEMBLED (STAB IN CONDITION) 0 y x i Z~ 7 STYLE 009 JOINT ASSEMBLED flh,ln 1r II I 4 _j1F 71FDiT 1¼ 1.660 300 649 0.10 3.13 4.93 2.86 4.83 1.93 1.5 32 42.4 2068 2888 2.54 2 - x 2 80 125 73 123 49 0.7 1½ 1.900 300 851 0.10 2 - Ia x 2 3.38 5.16 3.11 5.07 1.86 1.7 40 48.3 2068 3787 2.54 86 131 79 129 47 0.8 2 2.375 300 1329 0.12 2- 3A x 2Y 3.88 5.81 3.59 5.68 1.86 1.9 50 60.3 2068 5914 3.05 99 148 91 144 47 0.9 2½ 2.875 300 1948 0.12 4.38 6.21 4.08 6.10 1.87 2.0 65 73.0 2068 8668 3.05 - 2 'A2½ 111 158 104 155 48 1 0.9 3 3.500 300 2886 0.12 5.06 6.68 4.73 6.43 1.90 4.3 80 88.9 2068 12842 3.05 2 - % 2½ 129 170 120 163 48 2.0 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 6.46 8.64 6.00 8.34 2.10 2.3 100 114.3 2068 21230 4.32 2-94 x2½ 164 220 152 212 53 1.0 @ t Refer to notes below. Size M ax End P,ess. Load - .ad Sep. t No. - Size Dimens Dimensions - Inches/mm 1¼ 1.660 300 649 0.10 3.14 4.84 2.85 4.65 1.91 32 42.4 2068 2888 2.54 2- Mb x57 80 123 72 118 49 0.7 1½ 1.900 300 851 0.10 3.34 5.06 3.13 4.85 1.92 1.6 1.7 -40 48.3 2068 3787 2.54 2-M 0 1 x5 7 85 129 80 123 49 0.8 2 2.375 300 1329 0.12 3.91 5.66 3.61 5.47 1.94 2.1 50 60.3 2068 5914 3.05 2 - Mb 64 99 144 92 139 49 0.9 3.000 300 1948 0.12 4.57 6.46 4.17 6.18 1.96 2.3 761 mm 76.1 2068 8668 3.05 - 2-M10 x 64 116 164 1 106 157 50 1.1 3 3.500 300 2886 0.12 5.15 7.12 4.73 6.67 1.94 2.6 80 88.9 2068 12842 3.05 - 2 Mb 64 131 181 120 169 49 1.2 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 6.39 8.74 6.05 8.46 2.11 4.6 1 100 114.3 2068 21230 4.32 2 -Mb x64 162 222 154 215 54 2.1 * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, Standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See pages 3 and 4 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown. t The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. © Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. STYLE 009V DIMENSIONS 0 Y7 Z. STYLE 009 PRE-ASSEMBLED (STAB IN CONDITION) STYLE 009 JOINT ASSEMBLED www.victaulic.com - VICTAULIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. 27 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. sctuI.c 10.60_2 - REV_H QuickVic® Flexible Coupling for STYLE 177 The Style 177 QuickVic flexible coupling is installation-ready, and joins 2-6150-150 mm standard roll grooved and cut grooved steel pipe.* The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. * Sizes 2-4750-100 mm may be used to join 304/304L and 316/316L Schedule 10 stainless steel pipe with a maximum rated working pressure of 300 psi/2065 kPa. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Housing Coating: Orange enamel. Gasket: Grade 'EHP" EHP (Red stripe color code) Temperature range —30°F to +250°F/-34°C to +121°C. Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services.* UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade 'T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. 02009 vICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVB JituuIic° 06.20_i CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.20 QuickVic® Flexible Coupling for Steel STYLE 177 DIMENSIONS STYLE 177 PRE-ASSEMBLED (INSTALLATION-READY CONDITION) STYLE 177 JOINT ASSEMBLED Size Pipe End Inches m m Bolt/Nut No. -Size Deflect. Fr. C,t Dimensions - Inches/mm Aprx. Wgt. Ea. Comm 11 M S& F7777,9 IR 2 2.375 0.13 0.25 12 - 4x ,5 1.52• 0.32 3.87 5.59 3.56 5.39 2.05 2.0 50 60.3 3.3 64 26 98 142 90 1.37 52 0.9 2½ 2.875 0.13 0.25 - 31< 2 / 2½ 1 25 0 0.26 4.36 6.13 4.05 5.89 2.05 2.4 65 73.0 3.3 6.4 22 111 156 103 150 52 1.1 3 3.500 0.13 0.25 2-h x 1 O3 0.22 5.00 7.05 4.68 6.81 2.04 3.1 80 88.9 3.3 6.4 18 127 179 119 173 52 1.4 4 4.500 0.13 0.37 2- ½ <<3 1 0.34 5.98 8.24 5.61 7.92 2.15 3.7 100 114.3 3.3 28 152 209 142 201 54 1.7 6 6.625 0.13 0.37 2 - /8 x 3 /.< 1 . O8 0.23 8.23 11.18 7.95 10.92 2.09 6.3 150 168.3 3,3 18 209 284 202 277 53 2.9 The minimum pipe end separation as required by the gasket center leg. See illustrations below. Maximum pipe end separation to be used for determining overall piping system growth. For design and installation purposes, the minimum and maximum pipe end separations should be reduced to the values shown in the table below. These design and installation considerations include thermal growth, settlement, installation misalignment and offsets. See illustrations below. pf I Minimum Pipe Separation (1) Maximum Pipe Separation (2) Exaggerated for clarity t Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for Y4 - 3 W/20 - 90 mm; 25% for 4/100mm and larger. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION The amount of linear movement and angular deflection to be used for design and installation consideration for each coupling is shown in the table below. Values have been calculated utilizing the above referenced percentage reductions. Design and Installation Size Range Ct GIiipe Values RaIl GPipe Inches/mm Linear Mxu T AI5Dfltiun eg' Pip AIDltiun p1g 0g tt 11#per Movement values are rounded to the nearest hundredth of an inch. www.victaulic.com vICTAuLIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAuLIC COMPANY. © 2009 vICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 06.20_2 JtauIicr REV_B [IJ*450 90* ELBOW Nominal 00 Center Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. InJ0N(mm) InJmm InJmm Lbs/Kg 2 2.375 21/4 1:7 50 60.3 70 0.8 2Y2 2.875 3 2.6 65 1 73.0 76 1 1.2 3 3.500 3% 3.5 80 88.9 86 1.6 4 4.500 4 6.5 100 114.3 102 3.0 6 6.625 5t/2 14.8 150 168.3 140 6.7 F 8 8.625 6/u 25.6 200 219.1 175 11.6 All are Ductile Iron. C TO E F HI.D. C TOE ' FIGURE L!IeTEE Nominal I O.D.enter I Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. la./ON(mm) Inimm !eimm Lbs/Kg 2 2.375 21/4 2.5 50 60.3 70 1.1 21/2 2.875 3 3.5 65 1 73.0 76 1 1.6 3 3.500 3% 4.8 80 88.9 86 2.2 4 4.500 4 8.1 100 114.3 102 3.7 6 6.625 51/a 19.1 150 168.3 140 8.7 8 8.625 6/8 35.2 200 219.1 175 16.0 All are Ductile Iron. GRUVLOK® FIRE-IRITETM SHORT PATTERN FITTINGS c®us APPROVED U FIG. 7450 For Ustings/Approval Details visit our wobsito C v,acoonviIintl.con 900 Short Pattern Elbow or contact an MsilAnolSta, Sates Representative. The Gruvlok® Fire-Rite" short pattern 900 elbows in 2 to 8" size range with a 300 psi pressure rating. Fire-Rite fittings are painted to industry specification and are available galvanized for more corrosive environments. CAD designed increased internal diameters provides superior flow capability. GURE 7450I10Ir.x"I.1:[.].lPATTERNiFITTING - PRESSURE')t'] 18 .rL 14 6 inch 12 4 inch 0 41 (D 75 10 3 inch 21/2 •••"•"2inch ?4 EE EEE 10 15 20 5 Flow Rate (ft/sec.) Gruvlok short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. 7450 90" grooved end elbows use the value shown. Note:Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. U FIG. 7460 Short Pattern Tee The Gruvlok® Fire-Rite" short pattern fitting tees in 2" to 8" size range with a 300 psi pressure rating. Fire-Rite" fittings are painted to industry specification and are available galvanized for more corrosive environments. CAD designed increased internal diameters provides superior flow capability. [cjIJ] *r.i'TEE-1[.JI l 111:1 I III I[eJ:I *1-111.11DROP inch d 4 4 -w. em nor: tn, von n, n in,. ,vo -njc 0 2 0 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ft./sec.) Gruvlok short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13.1 For Fig. 7460 Tee branch use 21/2 times the value shown. For Fig. 7460 Tee run use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. 12/08 C TOE O.D. (ANVIL ~)--.- .. I FIG. 7001 Standard Coupling The Gruvlok® Fig. 7001 Standard Coupling forms a flexible grooved end pipe joint connection with the versatility for a wide range of applications. Services include mechanical and plumbing, process piping, mining and oil held piping, and many others. The coupling design supplies optimum strength for working pressures to 1000 PSI (69 bar) without excessive casting weight. The flexible design eases pipe and equipment installation while providing the designed-in benefit of reducing pipeline noise and vibration transmission without the addition of special components. To ease coupling handling and assembly and to assure consistent quality, sizes 1" through 14" couplings have two 180 segment housings, 16" through 24" sizes have four 90 - segment housings while the 28" O.D. and 30" O.D. couplings have six 60 segment housings. The 28' O.D. and 30" O.D. are weld-ring couplings. I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS I ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A 183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. METRIC BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, zinc electroplated oval-neck track head bolts made of carbon steel with mechanical properties per ISO 898-1 Class 8.8. Hex nuts are zinc electroplated followed by a yellow chromate dip. STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS & NUTS: Stainless steel bolts and nuts are also available. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 or Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A 47, Grade 32510. COATINGS: O Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) O Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) 0 Other Colors Available (IE: RAU000 and RAL9000) For other Coating requirements contact a Gruvlok Representative. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D 2000 3 Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) NSF 61 Certified -40F to 230F (Service Temperature Range)(-40C to 110CC) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. 0 Grade "T" Nitrile (Orange color code) -20F to 180F (Service Temperature Range)(-29C to 82C) Recommended for petroleum applications. Air with oil vapors and vegetable and mineral oils. NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER OR HOT AIR 0 Grade "0" Fluoro-Elastomer (Blue color code) -20F to 300'F (Service Temperature Range)(-29C to 149CC) Recommended for high temperature resistance to oxidizing acids, petroleum oils, hydraulic fluids, halogenated hydrocarbons and lubricants. O Grade "L" Silicone (Red color code) -40T to 350'F (Service Temperature Range)(-40C to 177*C) Recommended for dry, hot air and some high temperature chemical services. GASKET TYPE: Cl Standard C Style Cl Flush Gap (1" -14") O"EG"Style LUBRICATION: U Standard Gruvlok U Gruvlok XtremeTM (Do Not use with Grade "I..") WORKING PRESSURE, END LOAD, PIPE END SEPARATION & DEFLECTION FROM CENTER LINE: Based on standard wall steel pipe with cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. See technical data section for design factors. Fig. 7001 with Fig. 7001 with Standard Gasket Flush Gap Gasket (1"- 14") PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP l Project: lJ Approved Address: lJ Approved as noted Contractor: l Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 12/08 01< FIG, 7001 Standard Coupling SIZES 1"- 14" SIZES 16- 24' SIZES 28"- 30" FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS Nominal Max. Work. Max. End ' Deflection from Q Coupling Dimensions I Bolt Dimensions" ' Specified Torque § ' Approx. Size Pressure Load WI. Ea. Set'e End aration Per Coupling of Pipe. X V Z Oty. Size Mm. Max. ln./DN(mm) Inimrn PSI/bar Lbs./kN In1mm Degrees mu? -mm/rn In 1mm InJmm In1mm lnlmm FL-Lbs/N-m Lbsik.N 1 1.315 1000 1,358 0-Vu 5° 26' 1.14 21/2 41/2 11/8 2 ¼ x 21/4 30 45 1.3 25 33.4 68.9 6.04 0-3.2 94.7 64 114 48 M10x57 40 60 0.6 11/4 1.660 1000 2,164 0-1/8 4° 19' 0.90 21/4 4½ 1/8 2 /8 a 21/4 30 45 1.4 32 42.2 68.9 1 9.63 0-3.2 1 75.3 1 70 114 1 48 1 M10x57 40 60 0.6 1½ 1.900 1000 2,835 0-1/8 3° 46' 0.79 3 4% 1¼ 2 ¼ a 21/4 30 45 1.5 40 1 48.3 68.9 12.61 0-3.2 65.7 76 117 48 M10x57 40 1 60 0.7 2 2.375 1000 4,430 0-'% 3-1- 0.63 3% 6¼ 1¼ 2 ½x 3 80 100 3.1 50 60.3 68.9 19.71 0-3.2 52.6 92 156 48 M12x76 110 150 1.4 21/2 2.875 1000 6,492 0-/8 2° 29' 0.52 41/4 61/2 1/8 2 ½x3 80 100 3.7 65 73.0 68.9 28.88 0-3.2 43.3 108 165 48 M12x76 110 150 1.7 30.0. 2.996 1000 7,050 0-4 2°23' 0.50 4% 614 1% 2 ½x3 80 100 4.3 76.1 76.1 68.9 1 31.36 0-3.2 1 41.6 1 108 171 48 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0 3 3.500 1000 9,621 0-'% 2°3' 0.43 47/8 74 1¼ 2 ½x3 80 100 4.3 80 1 88.9 68.9 42.80 0-3.2 35.8 124 181 48 M12x76 110 150 2.0 31% 4.000 1000 12,566 0-1/, 1°48' 0.38 5¼ 8¼ 1¼ 2 %x3½ 100 130 5.1 90 101.6 68.9 55.90 0-3.2 31.4 133 210 48 M16x89 13.5 175 2.3 4 4.500 1000 15,904 0-1/4 3° 11' 0.67 61/4 81/4 2 2 ¼ x 31/2 100 130 6.8 100 114.3 68.9 70.75 0-6.4 55.5 159 222 51 M16x89 135 175 3.1 5 5.563 1000 24,306 0-¼ 2° 35' 0.54 7¼ 11¼ 2 2 ~ a 4½ 130 180 9.6 125 141.3 68.9 108.12 0-6.4 45.1 184 286 51 M20x 110 175 245 4.4 640.0. 6.500 1000 33,183 0-'A 2° 12' 0.46 8'% iP/ 2 2 ~x4½ 130 180 11.8 165.1 165.1 68.9 147.61 0-6.4 38.4 210 298 51 M20 x 110 175 245 5.4 6 6.625 1000 34,472 0-1/4 2°10' 0.45 8% 113/4 2 2 °Ax41/2 130 180 11.8 150 168.3 68.9 1 153.34 0-6.4 37.8 219 298 51 M20x 110 175 245 5.4 8 8.625 800 46,741 0-¼ 1°40' 0.35 11 14% 2/8 2 ¼x 51/2 180 220 21.7 200 219.1 55.2 207.91 0-6.4 29.1 279 365 60 M22x 140 245 300 9.8 10 10.750 800 72,610 0-1/4 1° 20' 0.28 131/8 16% 2% 2 ¼ x 51/2 180 220 27.0 250 1 273.0 55.2 322.99 0-6.4 1 23.3 333 422 1 67 M22x 140 245 300 12.2 12 12.750 800 102,141 0-1/4 1-7- 0.23 15½ 18% 2% 2 7/8 x 6 180 220 35.0 300 323.9 55.2 454.35 0-6.4 19.5 394 473 67 M22x 150 245 300 15.9 14 14.000 300 46,181 0-¼ 1° 2' 0.22 161/n 201/2 3 2 °%x5½ 180 220 37.0 350 355.6 20.7 1 205.43 0-6.4 18.0 410 521 76 M22x 140 245 300 16.8 16 16.000 300 60,319 0-1/4 0° 54' 0.19 18'% 227/8 3 4 1 x4 200 250 50.0 400 406.4 20.7 268.31 0-6.4 15.7 460 581 76 - - 22.7 18 18.000 300 76,341 0-¼ 0° 48' 0.17 211% 25°% 31% 4 1 x 4 200 250 72.0 450 457.2 20.7 339.58 0-6.4 1 14.0 537 1 645 79 * - - 32.7 20 20.000 300 94,248 0-1/4 0°43' 0.15 23 28¼ We 4 11/nx4½ 225 275 82.0 500 508.0 20.7 1 419.23 0-6.4 12.5 584 718 79 - - 37.2 24 24.000 300 135,717 0-1/4 0° 36' 0.13 27 32°% 31% 4 11% x 41/2 225 275 90.0 600 609.6 20.7 603.70 0-6.4 10.5 686 822 79 - - 40.8 28" O.D. 28.875 150 98,226 0-1/4 0° 33' 0.12 331/2 35½ 31/8 6 1 x5½ 200 250 105.0 733.4 733.4 10.3 436.93 0-6.4 9.6 851 902 79 ° - - 47.6 30" O.D. 31.00 150 113,215 0-¼ 0° 28' 0.10 33% 381/4 3% 6 1 x 51/2 200 1-250-1-137.0 787.4 787.4 1 10.3 1 503.61 1 0-6.4 1 8.1 857 972 92 - - 62.1 Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. § - For additional Bolt Torque information on page 178. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart Notes" on page 15. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 145. Not for use in copper systems. 12/08 irJik.Star' FIG. 7000* Lightweight Flexible Coupling AWIL Fire Products Division of Anvil International The Gruviok® Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling is designed for applications where system flexibility is desired. The Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling is approximately 30% lighter in weight than the Figure 7001 Coupling. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. The Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling with a Pre-Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type "A" gasket (coupling is easily identified by purple nuts) is intended for use in fire protection systems installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13 "Sprinkler Systems". c®us APPROVED For lislin9/Approvul Details and Umitotions, visit our website at w54w.on,ilstor.com or conloci on Auvil°/MvilStor'° Sales Representative. -Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7400. HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval-neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-i 83 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RA13000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruviok Gruviok XtremeTM required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Pre-Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40°F to 150°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 66°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok XtremeTM Lubricant is required. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. GASKET TYPE: Standard C Style Flush Gap (1 '/4"-8"( PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP Lj Approved Address: Ii Approved as noted Contractor: D Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/og ANviI..Star' FIG. 7000* Lightweight Flexible Coupling (N'.1! Fire Products Division of Anvil international FIGURE 7000 LIGHTWEIGHTu R1[c Max. nge of Deflection From . Coupling Dimensions Coupling Baits Specified Torque § Nominal Pipe Working Max.. . End Pipe End Approx. Size O.D. Pressure Load Separation Per Coupling Pipe X Y Z lIly. Size Min. Max. WI. En. In./D11(mm) In/mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In/mm Degrees In/Ft. In/mm In/mm In/mm In/mm FL-Lbs/N.m Lbs/Kg P/i 1.660 600 1,299 0-Vt 40 19' 0.90 2% 41A 1% 2 Mn 21/4 30 45 1.4 32 42.2 41.4 1 5.78 0-3.2 75.3 70 III 44 M10x57 40 60 0.6 14 1.900 600 1,701 0-Vt 3° 46' 0.79 3 41% 13/4 2 3A 021/i 30 45 1.5 40 48.3 41.4 7.57 0-3.2 65.7 76 777 44 M70x57 40 60 0.7 2 2.375 600 2,658 0-i/s 3°]' 0.63 314 514 11% 2 Mx 21/4 30 45 1.7 50 60.3 41.4 17.82 0-3,2 1 52.6 89 1 140 44 Ml0x57 40 60 0.8 21h 2.875 600 3,895 0-4 2° 29' 0.52 4 53/4 1/i 2 3A 024 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 41.4 1 17.33 0-3.2 43.3 702 146 44 Ml0x57 40 60 0.9 30.0. 2.996 800 4,230 0-½ 2°23' 0.50 4 6½ 734 2 3Ax2¼ 80 /00 2.3 76.1 76.1 41.4 18.82 0-3.2 41.6 102 156 44 M10x 57 110 150 1.0 3 3.500 600 5,773 0-i/s 2° 3' 0.43 41A 61/4 11/4 2 i/s 02% 80 100 2.9 80 88.9 41.4 25.68 0-3.2 35.8 II? 171 44 M72x70 110 ISO 1 1.3 4V4 0.0. 4.250 800 8,572 0J/4 3°22' 0.70 51h 731, 2 2 ½x3 - 80 100 4.0 108.0 108.0 41.4 37.86 0-6.4 1 58.7 140 197 51 M12x76 110 150 1.8 4 4.500 600 9,543 0-i/i 3° 11' 0.61 5% 81A 2 2 55x3 80 100 4.6 100 714.3 47.4 42.45 0-6.4 55.5 749 206 57 M12x76 110 750 2.7 5½0.0. 5.236 500 70,766 0-1.4 2°44' 0.51 61h 9118 2 2 4x3½ 700 730 5.1 133.0 133.0 34.5 47.89 0-6.4 47.7 165 232 51 M16x85 135 175 2.6 51h 0.0. 5.500 500 11,879 0-114 2°36' 0.54 631i 91h 2 2 ~4x3½ 700 730 6 139.7 139.7 34.5 52.84 0-6.4 45.4 171 238 51 M16 x85 135 175 2.7 5 5.563 500 12,153 OA 2° 35' 0.54 7 95% 2 2 5% x 31h 100 130 6.1 725 741.3 34.5 54.06 0-6.4 45.7 178 1 244 51 M16x85 735 775 1 2.8 61,,; 0.0. 6.259 500 75,384 0~ 2° /7' 0.48 1½ /0% 2 2 36x3½ 100 /30 6.7 159.0 1 159.0 34.5 68.43 0-6.4 39.8 191 264 51 M16x85 135 175 3.0 6½ 0.0. 6.500 500 16,592 0/4 2° 72 0.46 7114 70% 2 2 ~ix3½ 700 130 1.0 165.1 165.1 34.5 1 73.80 0-6.4 34.8 197 273 51 - M16x85 135 175 3.2 6 6.625 500 17,236 0-4 2° 10' 0.45 8 11 2 2 %x3% 100 130 8.1 150 768.3 34.5 76.67 0-6.4 31.8 1 203 1 279 51 - M16x85 735 775 3.7 8 8.625 500 29,213 0-4 1°40' 0.35 10 131/4 23A 2 3/ x 4½ 130 180 14.2 200 279.7 34.5 729.95 0-6.4 29.7 1 264 1 337 60 - M20x 770 1 1/5 245 6.4 5/09 Not For use in copper system. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. Other sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact on AnvilStar Representative. I WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok° XfremelM Lubricant is required. U FIG. 7074 Cap fl O.D. H L E to E U FIG. 7075 Bull Plug v EtoE U. U. U FIG. 7068 Cross C to E 11 g LOKlumman - FIGURE 7074 CAP Nominal O.D.nd Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. In./DW(mnl) InJmm In/mm Lbs/Kg 1C 1.315 1¼ 0.3 25 33.4 32 0.1 1¼C 1.660 1¼ 0.4 32 1 42.2 32 1 0.2 1V2C 1.900 1¼ 0.5 40 48.3 32 0.2 2 C 2.375 1 0.5 50 60.3 25 0.2 21/2 C 2.875 1 0.7 65 73.0 25 0.3 30.0. C 2.996 1 0.8 76.1 76.1 25 0.4 3C 3.500 1 1.1 80 88.9 25 0.5 3½C 4.000 1 1.4 90 101.6 25 0.6 4'%O.O.0 4.250 14 2.0 108.0 108.0 29 0.9 4C 4.500 11/8 2.8 100 114.3 29 1.3 5'%O.O.0 5.236 1% 3.2 133.0 133.0 29 1.5 5%0.0.0 5.500 1% 4.0 139.7 139.7 29 1.8 5 C 5.563 11/8 4.0 125 141.3 29 1.8 6'%O.O.0 6.259 14 5.1 159.0 159.0 29 2.3 6%0.D.0 6.500 P4 6.0 165.1 165.1 29 2.7 6 C 6.625 15An 6.0 150 168.3 33 2.7 8 C 8.625 1½ 12.5 200 219.1 38 5.7 10C 10.750 1½ 21.9 250 273.1 38 9.9 12C 12.750 1½ 33.8 300 323.9 38 15.3 14* 14.000 81/2 40 350 1 355.6 216 18.1 16* 16.000 9 45 400 406.4 229 1 20.4 18* 18.000 10 58 450 457.2 254 26.3 20* 20.000 11 79 500 508.0 279 35.8 24* 24.000 12½ 100 600 609.6 318 45.4 Machined Cap C - Cast Malleable or Ductile Iron FIGURE 7075 BULL PLUG Nominal O.D.nd Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. In/LIN(mm) Inimni minIm Lbs/Kg 2 2.375 4 2.5 50 60.3 102 1.1 2% 2.875 5 3.1 65 1 73.0 127 1 1.4 3 3.500 6 4.4 80 88.9 152 2.0 4 4.500 7 7.4 100 114.3 178 3.4 5 5.563 * * 125 141.3 * 1 * 6 6.625 10 18.5 150 168.3 254 8.4 Contact a Gruviok Representative for dimensions & weights. This product is not ULIULC Listed or FM Approved. [cjUJlLs.1:IIAJj Nominal O.D.enter Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) Inimm Inimm Lbs/Kg 1 1.315 21/4 1.3 25 33.4 57 0.6 1¼ 1.660 23/4 2.1 32 1 42.2 70 1 1.0 1½ 1.900 23/4 2.5 40 48.3 70 1.1 2 2.375 31/4 2.9 50 60.3 83 1.3 21/2 2.875 31/4 5.2 65 73.0 95 2.4 3 3.500 41/4 7.5 80 88.9 108 3.4 31/2 4.000 41/2 9.8 90 101.6 114 4.4 4 4.500 5 12.2 100 114.3 127 5.5 5 5.563 51/2 17.6 125 1 141.3 140 8.0 6 6.625 61/2 28.3 150 168.3 165 12.8 8 8.625 71/4 48.0 200 219.1 1 197 21.8 10 10.750 9 70.0 250 273.1 229 31.8 12 12.750 10 110 300 323.9 254 49.9 14 14.000 11 140 350 355.6 279 63.5 16 16.000 12 170 400 406.4 305 77.1 18 18.000 151/2 260 450 4572 394 118 20 20.000 17¼ 320 500 508.0 438 145 24 24.000 20 585 600 609.6 508 265 C®Us APPROVED Far U*lings/Appro**I 0*1*118 and Unritatlons. *1*11 our websile @ w*,aoan*lllnll.conr or contact an Sasll/SastIStar Sales Representative. 12/08 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16- 388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL HANGER MATERIALS P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 100 REVERSIBLE BEAM CLAMP 3/4" MOUTH SIZE - ROD: 3/8" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: 4" max. SIZE - ROD: 1/2" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: 8' max. MATERIAL - Ductile iron. FINISH- Plain, E.G. and H.D.G. LISTING/APPROVAL - C®U203EX 2551 FM Approved -1951 FUNCTION - Attachment component of an AFCON hanger. To support horizontal piping. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13 and these instructions. Install on steel flange - thickness less than 3/4". Set bolt up or down. ASSEMBLY/ATTACHMENT - See drawing. Torque - 3/8= 60 lb-in or 1/2"= 125 lb-in. In the absence of a torque wrench, engage set bolt finger tight then additionally tighten 1/4 turn. Only tighten set bolt with hand tools. NEVER INSTALL SET BOLT WITH IMPACT/DRILL DRIVER. FEATURES * Maintains CONSTANT HANGER CENTER-LINE, with set bolt up or down. * Flat throat back to prevent twisting on structure during installation. ORDERING - Part #, rod size and finish. 1/15 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 610 CEILING PLATE SIZE - ROD: 3/8" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: 4" max. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel or S.S. (Type 304). FINISH - E.G. LISTING/APPROVAL - C®US 203 - EX 2551 FUNCTION - Attachment component of an AFCON hanger. To support horizontal piping. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13 and these instructions. Install on horizontal mounting surface. ASSEMBLY/ATTACHMENT - See drawing. *FASTENER LOCATION OPTIONS - See chart SPECIAL c®is FASTENERS PER NFPA 13 USTSD FOR STEEL PIPE - SEE TABLE. FEATURES *Fastener Locations * Fastener array for enhanced mounting ability. ® © 2@A.CorBl) Wood I-Joist - alternative to joist clamp. spaces fasteners remote from web element. Steel web joist - self centers in chord space. * Offset tapped rod bore allows 3/16" thread through. ORDERING - Part # and finish. C®U$ MOUNTING FASTENERS Wood Steel - I/4or#I4Tek Fastener - Qty. Steel Min. Qty. Steel No Pre Drill Pipe Thickness Pipe 1/4x I Y2 LB 2 3 14 GA. 2 4 4 4 16 GA. 2 2 #14x1/2SMS 2 3 4 4 4 4 Wood - Thru 5/8 Gyp. Steel - 410 SMS or #905 1/4x2LB 2 2 18 GA. 4 2'A 4 4 20 GA. 4 2'/ #14x2SMS 2 2 22 GA. 4 2 SMS sheet .IIol s- DS. Dric'r Screw LB Log 0015 Gyp Gypsum Bored 10/15 Dimensions Size A B C D 3/8 2.96 0.75 1.19 1.54 0.78 1/2 3.62 0.76 0.97 1.75 0.72 Part #5 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 615 SWIVEL SIZE - ROD: 3/8" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: 4" max. SIZE - ROD: 1/2" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: 8" max. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel or S.S. (Type 304).. FINISH - Mil. Galvanized and E.G. LISTING/APPROVAL - 203-EX 2551 FUNCTION - Pivot component of an AFCON hanger. Used to provide angularity of the hanger assembly. To support horizontal piping. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13 and these instructions. FEATURES * Deep tapped rod bore. * Improved hanger adjustment. * More pivot clearance at T.B.C. - See detail A. ORDERING - Part #. #100 M 12/14 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 650 ALL THREADED ROD 10'- O' LENGTHS ROD SIZE MAX. REC. LOAD LBS. FOR SERVICE TEMP. 650°F 750°F 1/4 240 215 (3/8: 1Q L540, 1/2 1 1130 1010 5/8 1810 1610 3/4 2710 2420 7/8 3770 3360 1 4960 4420 1 1/4 1 8000 7140 11/2 1 11630 10370 NOTE; maximum Temperature: 750°F SIZE - 1/4 thru 1 1/2 inch rod in 10'- 0" lengths. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Plain and E.G., ORDERING - Part #, rod diameter and finish. 12/10 551 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 310 RING RESTRAINER Restraint SIZE - One size fits 3/4 thru 2 inch ..4FCON#300 Ring Hanger. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Mil. Galvanized. LISTINGS - c-us 203-EX 2551 Listed only for use with AFCON #300 Ring Hanger. FUNCTION - To restrain movement of sprinkler pipe toward the knurl nut of the ring hanger. To prevent upward movement of pipe that supplies a pendent sprinkler below the ceiling. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13 and CPVC manufacturers instructions on steel, CPVC, or copper pipe. Snap into locking position on swivel nut ofAFCON #300 Ring Hanger. SPECIAL NOTE: When installing on CPVC sprinkler system pipe: Verify that all assembly components are cleaned of any surface oil. FEATURES - * Listed only for use with AFCON#300 Ring Hanger. ORDERING - Part # and size. Specific ,AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other .4FCON products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hunger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER. ,4fCONwill NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used is combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold byAFCOA'. AFCONshnll NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to toss of business or profit, when non-A FCON products have been, or are used. - , , i W~~' -, 7 1/08 IMPERIAL MAX REC. LOAD LBS. METRIC' PIPE ROD pp ROD -:•-- 3/8 400 10 314 3/8 400 10 l 3/8 400 25 10 11/4 3/8 400 32 10 11/2 3/8 400 40 10 2 3/8 400 10 2 1/2 3/8 600 10 3 3/8 600 80 10 31/2 3/8 600 0 4 3/8 1000 100 10 _ 5 . 1250 125 12 6 V2 1250 150 12 8 1250 200 1 12 Order Part #300rn Note: 1/2" Ring Hanger not <FM> approved 1/2 and 314 inch pipe 5 thru 8 inch pipe P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www.Afcon.org 300 RING HANGER I thru 4 inch pipe LISTED FOR STEELJCPVC SIZE - 1/2 thru 8 inch pipe. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel, Mu. Galvanized to G-90 spec. LISTINGS - u US EX 2551 Approval guide - Pipe Hangers CONFORMS WITH: Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 10, Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS-SP-58 (Type 10). MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE - 650°F. FUNCTION - Pipe hanger component for use on steel, CPVC or copper piping. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA-13, I3R and 13D. FEATURES - * Sized and listed exclusively for use with #310 Surge Restrainer. * Band edge is offset for EASY pipe insertion. * Custom fit swivel nut for better retention in ring body. * Full length knurl on swivel nut for better grip. ORDERING - Part #, pipe size. 8/05 Pipe A B 1.8783 2ssa 1114 V382 2.78w 1 b2 2.3873 2.8140 2.4048 2.2516 21)2 3.4825 4.1100 3 3.7845 4.4311 4.3002 4.8082 6 6.0008 6.8160 7.8740 8.3250 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 162 UNIVERSAL RESTRAINING STRAP Nut optional, if insufficient rod dimension SIZE- One size fits both 3/8" and 1/2" rod or set screw. Available lengths 4" and longer. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Mu. Galvanized. LISTINGS - c us 203-EX 2551 PATENT - No. 5,897,088 FUNCTION - To enhance hanger attachment in areas subject to Earthquakes. INSTALLATION - Install tight to structure and component parts Minimum return on strap: 1" L-dimension is measured from hanger rod center to the strap end. FEATURES * Fast installation for new construction or retrofit. * Requires no hanger disassembly to install. IMPORTANT NOTE: "No Nut Is Required" When installed tight to structure and component parts. (See drawings provided) ORDERING - Part # and L-dimension. 1/08 3/8" 8268957 Stt-TEK 50 12-24 x 1-3/4" TEKS 5 12-24 x 1-3/4 1/2" 8270957 SH-TEK 5.0 TEKS5 "Does not comply with ROHS requiremenlsllncludes retaining nut 2368(1/2" steel Vertical) 1306(45° off Vertical) 1500 (Vertical) 2281 (3/16° HSS) 850(45° off Vertical) 1585(3/16" HSS 45° off Vertical) 2368(1/2' steel Vertical) 1306(45° off Vertical) 2281 (3/16' HSS) 1585(3/16' HSS 45' off Vertical) 3/8" 8137957 SH-DSTR 1' 1/4-20 X11" 3220(3/16) 1500 TEKS 3 1475 .035' 3/16" 25 125 4" 3/16" 1/2" 25 125 2-1/2" 3/16° 1/2" 25 125 Made with Teks® self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required. Installs into steel range from 20 gauge - 1/2' thicknesses. A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Waltha video demeoslmioaat Manufactured in the U.S.A. WWwwwitwhuildexxornJ #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 811491 1/4" 8047957 SWD 100 1/4-14 x 1" TEKS 3 1477 (l6ga.) .060'-l6ga 3/16" 25 125 114" 8049957 SWDR 100 * 1/4-20 xl" TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16' 25 125 1 3/8" 8050957 SWD 10 1/4-14 xi' TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16' 25 125 8080925 SWD 10-SS 1/4-14 Xl" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3116' 25 125] 3/8' 8052957 SWD 20 1/4-14 x 2' TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060"-16 ga 3/16' 25 125 [J<> 3/8" 8055957 SWDR1 * 1/4-20 x 1"TEKS 3 1900 (20 ga.) 1500 1475 .036'-20 ga_ 3/16' 25 125 4i<&- 3/8' 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 12-24x1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3/16') 1500 1475 .188"-3/16" 1/2" 25 125 3/8" 8056957 SWDR 516* 5/16-18 x 1-1/4"TEKS 3 2480 (20ga.) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8" "Includes retaining nut 8057957 SWT 15 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375(3/16") .188"-3116" 1/2" 25 125 )s' #14 Black Nut Driver - Part # 8113910 i #14 SN Orange Nut Driver Part #8273910 Eliminates distortion of threaded rod in sloped roof applications. "Accommodates 3-112 x 12 pitch. S • Installs into angled z-pudin; allows threaded rod to hang plumb. Allows 17° deflection from vertical. "Manufactured in the U.S.A. The Sammy X-Press Swivel allows you to hang plumb in extreme roof pitches: - 890 in z-pudin - 450 in metal deck for 12/12 pitch OR Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press It" Tool, saving time & installation costs. I OR 'Use in applications where access to the back of gDOT piaVES the installed fastener is prohibited. ie. metal roof deck, tubular steel, or vapor harder fabric. Less jobsite material needed. No retaining nut required. 'Provides design flexibility. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Waid, a ofdao demoest,atice en . www.itwbuildex.com 75012' Pipe) [ 3/8' 8294922 SXP 20 Swivel 170 Vertical ILuminaurel 1061 (22 ga Vert) 80 @ 45° (Luminaire) .029' 635 IT Pipe) .029' X-Press 20 8291450 08 Vert) 283 Vertical (Conduit & Cable) 233 @ 45° (Conduit & Cable) 1250(3-1/2' Pipe) Swivel 318 8295922 SXP 35 250 Vertical (Laminaire) 1675 (16 ga yen) 80 @90° (Luminaire) 059' .029' X-Press 35 635 IT Pipe) 1558(89° 08 Vert) 500 Vertical (Conduit & Cable) 333 @89° (Conduit & Cable) 125' 25 125 Metal Deck 125' 25 125 Pedin 1/2' 8272957 SXP 2.0 Swivel 1061(22gaVert) .027' .125' 25 125 Metal Deck X-Press 2.0 829(45° Off Veil) Swivel 1675116 ga Vert) 1/2' 8271957 SXP 3.5 X-Prens 3.5 1558(89° Off Vert) .060 .125' 25 125 Punlin The Sammy X-Press expands to provide direct vertical attachment in: - metal deck (22-16 gauge) - z-purlin (18-16 gauge) Manufactured in the U.S.A. tha aid ode,ncestmtioeat www.itwbuildex.com 8152910 XPDB 25/64' Drill Bit lad Includes Sleeve, Bit Receiver, Hex Wrench, and 25/64' Dirt Bit. 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16- 388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL BRACING MATERIALS P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org IIIIJrkINI: SWAY BRACE FITTING MODEL E Part #077 mm. SIZE -SYSTEM PIPE: Nominal Steel 1" thni 4" Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 SIZE - BRACE PIPE: 1" or 1 1/4' Sch. 40 MATERIAL - Carbon Steel or S.S. (Type 304). FINISH - Plain or E.G. LISTING/APPROVAL - FM Approved - 1950 OSHPD See Website. Max. ASD Horizontal Load System NPS Sch. 30"44" 45"-59" 60"-74" 75"-90" 40 430 610 750 840 11/4-11/2" LW-40 90 130 160 180 LW 190 280 340 380 2" 10 550 790 960 1080 40 500 710 870 970 21/2-4" 1W 160 230 280 320 21/2-4" 10 260 370 460 510 4" 40 1030 1 1460 1 1790 1 1990 FUNCTION - Lateral fitting of an AFCON sway brace assembly. INSTALLATION - Per these instructions including NFPA 13 and FM 2-8. Load rating - see chart. ASSEMBLY - See drawing. Combine with proper AFCON components- see disclaimer below. Insert brace pipe through rod bend and under channel bracket to achieve minimum 1" extension. Tighten hex nuts until gage spring lays flat or torque to 165 lb-in. FEATURES * Visual inspection, verifies proper installation. ORDERING - Part #, size - system pipe, size - brace pipe and finish. Specific AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other AFCO,V products including parts and fasteners resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER- .4FCOrVsvill NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by AFCON. .4FCOiV shall NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any director indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, when non-4FCONproducts have been, or amused. 8/14 1" mm. P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 ww. Afcon.org 035 SWAY BRACE FITTING MODEL K U I I thru 4 inch pipe 31/2 & 5 thru 12 Inch pipe SIZE -SYSTEM PIPE: Nominal Steel 1" thru 12" * Steel Specially listed - see chart. CPVC 1" thru 3". Brace common O.D. - Copper, Plastic, FRP, Ductile and Cast Iron SIZE - BRACE PIPE: 1" thru 2" Sch. 40 Mm. 1 1/4" required for 12" system pipe MATERIAL - Carbon steel and ductile iron. FINISH - Plain or E.G. PATENTS - No. 7,516,922 No. 7,523,895 LISTING/APPROVAL - 203A EX 2625 FM Approved - 1950 OSHPD See Website. FUNCTION - Lateral fitting of an AFCON sway brace assembly. INSTALLATION - Per these instructions including NFPA 13 or FM 2-8 and CPVC manufacturers instructions. Load ratings - see charts. ASSEMBLY - See drawing. Combine with proper AFCON components- see disclaimer below. Insert brace pipe through bores to achieve minimum 1" extension. Tighten 035 set screws until heads bottom out. FEATURES * Patented - designed for system pipe of varying material. * Improved assembly - extra large bore for brace pipe. * Visual inspection, verifies proper installation. ORDERING - Part #, size - system pipe, size - brace pipe and finish. Max. Horizontal Load Syster7,s steel Sch. 30"-44" 45"-59" 60"-89" 90" 1" 10-40 1383 1956 2394 27 11/4-2" 540 1383 J. .24 27 21/2-4 i 1383 ift 1 2Zfi 5"- A" 10.. 128 i. .2394 27 8" 1040 1383 1956 2394 2765 10" 1 10-40 1 1383 1 1956 1 2394 1 2765 12" 1 10-40 1 1870 1 2645 1 32381 3740 '3. Max. ASD Horizontal Load System Sch. 30"-44" 45".59" 60"-74" 75-90" 1"- 1 1/2" 740 1680 2380 2920 3250 2"- 3" 7-40 1800 2350 3120 3490 4" 7-40 1370 1930 2370 2640 5,6,8" 7-40 730 1040 1270 1420 Special Note: Thin wall sprinkler pipe has a propensity for damage to its circumference resulting in egging. When egging exists - shift mounting location. Specific AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other .4FCON products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER -A rCON will NOT sva,-mnl against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by AFCON. .4FCOsV shall NOT be liable tinder any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to lass of business or profit, when non-AFCON products have been, or are used. 4/16 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 076 ATTACHMENT FITTING UNIVERSAL LOCKING 17/32 STEEL BASE SIZE - BRACE PIPE: I" thru 2 Sch. 40 MATERIAL - Ductile Iron and Carbon Steel. FINISH - Plain or E.G. LISTING/APPROVAL - 203A-EX 2625 OSHPD See Website. Lima FUNCTION - Structure attachment fitting of an AFCON sway brace assembly. INSTALLATION - Per these instructions including NFPA 13. Load rating - see chart. Combine with proper AFCON components- see disclaimer below. ASSEMBLY Insert brace element into fitting snug against back of jaw. Install set bolt finger tight, then additionally tighten 1 1/2 turns or torque to 40 lb-ft. Only tighten set bolt with hand tools. NEVER INSTALL SET BOLT WITH IMPACT/DRILL DRIVER. FEATURES * Swivel allows attachment at any angle. * Larger fastener hole available.- Consult factory. ORDERING - Part #, size - brace pipe, material and finish. Max. Horizontal Load USTOO 30° thru 90° I 2765 Specitic AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other AFcOiV products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Re advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER - ,IFCO,Vsvitt NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts orsystenis lint manufactured or sold by AFCO,V. .4FCON strait NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to toss of business or profit, when nou-AFCON products have been, or are used. 1/15 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 11131111 viiotsi iiaiii SIZE -SYSTEM PIPE - See Chart. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Plain or E.G. PATENT - No. 6,334,285 LISTING/APPROVAL - c®us 203A-EX 2625, 203-EX 2551 USTED Listed only for use with other AFCON bracing FM Approved. OSHPD OPA-0601-07 See Website FUNCTION - Sway brace adapter for an AFCON sway brace assembly. Designed to attach to the horizontal flanges of a steel structural memb Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13 and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Additionally listed as an 8' hanger attachment. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13 and these instructions. Load rating - see chart. Combine with proper AFCON components. The structural members design will dictate specific attachment criteria, ASSEMBLY - See drawing. Insert 1/2" x 1 1/4" attachment bolt in 086 bracket. Install 1/2" studs th brackets and engage on steel flange. Install nuts on studs finger tight additionally tighten 11/2 turns or torque to 40ft. lbs. Attach AFCON sway brace fitting, 070 series fittings, on 1/2" bolt. * Studs, fasteners and bolt furnished by customer. FEATURES * Fits 1/4" thru 1 1/4" flange thickness. * Studs capture head of bolt, providing hold back. * Alternative to center loading beam clamp. ORDERING - Part # and finish. Specific AFCO,Vproducts are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other A FCON products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warn nty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER. AFCON will NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, partsorsystems not manufactured or sold by AFCON. .4FCON shall NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, when non-A FCON products have been, or amused. 7/11 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org SWAY BRACE ADAPTER 8• If! 411 SIZE - 1/2" bolt. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel or Ductile (Pictured). FINISH - Plain or E.G. PATENT - No. 6,629,678. LISTING/APPROVAL - c®us 203A-EX 2625, 203-EX 2551 OSHPD Seel LISTtD FUNCTION - Sway brace adapter for an AFCON sway brace assembly Designed to attach to the vertical or horizontal flange of a steel struc Additionally listed as an 6" hanger attachment. INSTALLATION - Per these instructions including NFPA 13. Load rating - see chart. Combine with proper AFCON components- see disclaimer below. The structural members design will dictate specific attachment criterL. ASSEMBLY - See drawing. Install set bolts finger tight, then additionally tighten 1/2 turn or torque to 40 lb-fl. Only tighten set bolt with hand tools. NEVER INSTALL SET BOLT WITH IMPACT/DRILL DRIVER. Attach AFCON sway brace assembly with 1/2" bolt. FEATURES * Design conforms to angular geometry at panel point. * Fits 1/2" max. flange thickness. ORDERING - Part # and finish. Specific AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other AFCOIV products including parts and fasteners, resulting inn listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER . AFC'O,Vsvill NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by AFCOr'.' .4FCONshall NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not 1/15 Max. Horizontal Load WHO Parallel 300 thru 900 2765 Perpendicular 300 thru 900 2765 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 410 SWAY BRACE FITTING Part # 077-._.. SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: Nominal Pipe Size Sch. 40 Steel 1" - 8" Sch. 10 Steel 1 1/4" - 8" MATERIAL - Carbon Steel or S.S. (Type 304) FINISH - Plain or E.G. LISTING/APPROVAL - C®US 203A-EX 2625, 203-EX 2551 USTIED OSHPD OPA-0601 See Website. FUNCTION - Longitudinal fitting of an AFCON sway brace assembly Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NIFPA 13 and the manufacturer's installation instructions. INSTALLATION - Per these instructions and NFPA 13. Load rating - see chart. ASSEMBLY - See drawing. Combine with proper AFCON components- see disclaimer below. Align brace member parallel through 410 fastener flanges. Tighten 1/2" bolts to 40 lb-ft. ORDERING - Part #, size - system pipe and finish. ® Listed Max. Horizontal Load 1"- 4" 1000 6"- 8" 2015 Specific AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other AFCON products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the follosving warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER - AFCO,Vwill NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by AFCO,V. .4FCO,V shall NOT be liable under any cirnnnsstances whatsoever for any director indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, when nnn.AFCOtV products have been, or are used. 7/13 Mechanical Anchoring Systems ••'iii.i 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5.1 Product description 3.3.5.1 Product description 3.3.5.2 Material specifications 3.3.5.3 Technical data 3.3.5.4 Installation instructions 3.3.5.5 Ordering information Impact section dog point Nut - Washer - Red mark Anchor thread Anchor body Stainless steel expansion sleeve (wedges) Expansion cone Listings/Approvals ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1917, ESR-3785, ESL-1067 City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 25701 FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems for 3/8 through 3/4 UL LLC Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services for 3/8 through 3/4 F Independent code evaluation lBC®/ IRC® 2015 IBC®/ IRC® 2012 lBC®/ IRC® 2009 lBC®/ IRC® 2006 National Building Code of Canada 2015 National Building Code of Canada 2010 The KWIK Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque controlled expansion anchor which is especially suited to seismic and cracked concrete applications. This anchor line is available in carbon steel, type 304 and type 316 stainless steel versions. The anchor diameters range from 3/8-, 1/2-, 5/8- and 3/4-inch in a variety of lengths. Applicable base materials include normal-weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, lightweight concrete over metal deck and grout-filled concrete masonry. Guide specifications Torque controlled expansion anchors shall be KWIK Bolt 17 (KB-TZ) supplied by Hilti meeting the description in Federal Specification A-A 1923A, type 4. The anchor bears a length identification mark embossed into the impact section (dog point) of the anchor surrounded by four embossed notches identifying the anchor as a Hilti KWIK Bolt 17. Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the following conditions: The carbon steel anchor body, nut, and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. The stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to type 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut and washer conform to type 304. Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to type 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut, washer, and expansion sleeve conform to type 316 stainless steel. Product features Product and length identification marks facilitate quality control after installation. Through fixture installation and variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate various base plate thicknesses. Type 316 stainless steel wedges provide superior performance in cracked concrete. Ridges on expansion wedges provide increased reliability. Mechanical expansion allows immediate load application. Raised impact section (dog point) prevents thread damage during installation. Bolt meets ductility requirements of ACI 318-14 Section 2.3. AOl 349-01 Nuclear Design Guide is available. Call Hilti Technical Support. 268 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I an espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 kWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 3.3.5.2 Material specifications Carbon steel with electroplated zinc Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter (in.) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) 3/8 NA 6,744 1/2 7,419 11,240 5/8 11,465 17,535 3/4 17,535 25,853 Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from type 316 stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of type 304 or 316 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter (in.) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) 3/8 5,058 6,519 1/2 8,543 12,364 5/8 13,938 19,109 3/4 1 22,481 1 24,729 All nuts and washers for type 304 anchors are made from type 304 stainless. All nuts and washers for type 316 anchors are made from type 316 stainless. Nuts meet the dimensional reauirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI 1318.22.1, Type A, plain. Expansion sleeve (wedges) are made from type 316 stainless steel. 1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a universal tensile machine for quality control at the manufacturing facility. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See tables 4 and 16 for the steel design strengths of carbon steel and stainless steel, respectively. 3.3.5.3 Technical data 3.3.531 ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design The technical data contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load values were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-1917 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR-1917 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.us.hilti.com. 3.3.5 I Hilti, Inc. (U5) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 269 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 1 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel specifications Setting Nominal anchor diameter d0 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 information Symbol Units Nominal bit diameter d in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Minimum nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/16 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-5/16 embedment h,,,,, (mm) (46) (59) (78) (60) (91) (91) (113) (97) (110) (135) Effective minimum in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 33/4 43/4 embedment (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) in. 2 2-5/8 3-3/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4 4-5/8 5-3/4 Mm. hole depth h0 (mm) (51) (67) (83) (67) (102) (95) (121) (102) (117) (146) Mm. thickness in. 0 0 0 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 0 0 7/8 of fixture' tfl (mm) (0) (0) (0) (19) (6) (9) (19) (0) (0) (23) Max. thickness in. 2-13/16 2-5/16 1-9/16 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 5-9/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 of fixture (mm) (71) (59) (40) (101) (70) (143) (121) (141) (125) (100) Installation torque TI.. ft-lb 25 40 60 110 (concrete) (Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149) Installation torque ft-lb n/a I 15 I n/a 25 35 n/a I 70 (masonry) T1.(F'4m) (20) (34) (47) Fixture hole diameter ' in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Available anchor in. 3 I 3-3/4 I 5 3-3/414-1/215-1/21 7 4-3/41 6 18-1/21 10 5-1/2 7 8 10 lengths (mm) (76) I (95) (127) (95) 1(114) 1(140) 1(178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (178) (203)1 (254) Threaded length in. 1-1/2 I 2-1/4 3-1/2 1-5/8I2 -3/83-3/8I4-7/8 1-1/212-3/415-1/416-3/4 2-1/2 I 4 I I including dog point (mm) (38) (57) (89) (41) I (60) (86) 1(124) (38) I (70) 1(133) 1(171) (63) I (103) 1(128)1 (179) in. 1-1/2 2-1/8 3-1/4 3 Unthreaded length t fl5 (83) (77) 1 Minimum thickness of fixture is a concern only when the anchor is installed at the minimum nominal embedment. When KWIK Bolt 17 anchors are installed at this embedment, the anchor threading ends near the surface of the concrete. If the fixture is sufficiently thin, it could be possible to run the nut to the bottom of the threading during application of the installation torque. If fixtures are thin, it is recommended that embedment be increased accordingly. Figure 1 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ specifications thread d ranch 270 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 1 Hiti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 Mechanical Anchoring'mniisa KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 2 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete / pullout failure in uncracked concrete' .2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - cpN Shear - On anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'c = 2,500 psi I' = 3,000 psi .f' = 4,000 psi f'C = 6,000 psi f'C = 2,500 psi f' = 3,000 psi IC 4,000 psi f' = 6,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb N) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,185 1,300 1,500 1,835 1,545 1,690 1,950 2,390 (38) (46) (5.3) (5.8) (6.7) (8.2) (6.9) (7.5) (8.7) (10.6) 2 2-5/16 1,635 1,790 2,070 2,535 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 3/8 (51) (59) (7.3) (8.0) (9.2) (11.3) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 2-3/4 3-1/16 2,670 2,925 3,380 4,140 7,660 8,395 9,690 11,870 (78) (11.9) (13.0) (15.0) (18.4) (34.1) (37.3) (43.1) (52.8) 2 2-3/8 2,205 2,415 2,790 3,420 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 1 (51) (60) (9.8) (10.7) (12.4) (15.2) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) /2 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,585 3,925 4,535 5,555 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) (15.9) (17.5) (20.2) (24.7) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,310 4,720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 (79) (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) (64.0) 5/8 4 4-7/16 5,945 6,510 7,520 9,210 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (26.4) (29.0) (33.5) (41.0) (59.8) (65.5) (75.6) (92.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 4,570 5,005 5,780 7,080 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (97) (20.3) (22.3) (25.7) (31.5) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,380 5,895 6,810 8,340 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 / (95) (110) (23.9) (26.2) (30.3) (37.1) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 6,940 7,605 8,780 10,755 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 (121) (142) (30.9) (33.8) (39.1) (47.8) (77.4) (84.7) (97.9) (119.9) Table 3 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete / pullout failure in cracked concrete' 2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - Shear - 4V0 anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. IC = 2,500 psi f' 3,000 psi f' = 4,000 psi IC = 6,000 psi IC 2,500 psi f' = 3,000 psi IC = 4,000 psi IC = 6,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 860 940 1,085 1,330 1,095 1,195 1,385 1,695 (38) (46) (3.8) (4.2) (4.8) (5.9) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) (7.5) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 3/8 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2-3/4 3-1/8 2,050 2,245 2,595 3,175 5,425 5,945 6,865 8,405 (79) (9.1) (10.0) (11.5) (14.1) (24.1) (26.4) (30.5) (37.4) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,195 3,500 4,040 4,950 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14,2) (15.6) (18.0) (22.0) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6,575 7,200 8,315 10,185 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 5/8 4 4-7/16 4,420 4,840 5,590 6,845 9,520 10,430 12,040 14,750 (102) (113) (19.7) (21.5) (24.9) (30.4) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 3,235 3,545 4,095 5,015 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (97) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.3) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-3/4 4-5/16 4,010 4,395 5,075 6,215 8,640 9,465 10,930 13,390 3/4 (95) (110) (17.8) (19.5) (22.6) (27.6) (38.4) (42.1) (48.6) (59.6) 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,860 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (121) 1 (142) (25.4) (27.9) (32.2) (39.4) (54.8) (60.0) (69.3) (84.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 13 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: for sand-lightweight, AC = 0.68; for all-lightweight, A0 = 0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. ri Hifti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 271 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 4 - Steel strength for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors1,2 Nominal anchor diameter Tensile 4)N 3 Shear 4)V 4 Seismic shear 4)V q5 in Effective embedment in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 4,875 1,415 1,415 (38) (21.7) (6.3) (6.3) /8 2 2-3/4 4,875 2,335 1,465 (51) (70) (21.7) (10.4) (6.5) 2 3-1/4 8,030 3,570 3,570 1/2 (51) (83) (35.7) (15.9) (15.9) 3-1/8 4 12,880 5,260 4,940 5/8 (79) (102) (57.3) (23.4) (22.0) 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 18,840 8,890 7,635 3/4 (83) (95) (121) (83.8) (39.5) (34.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile 4)N = 4) A f as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with <4) 0.60 f,, as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with (pV,eq < 4) 0.60 A,v f, as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. For a specific edge distance, the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: Figure 2 Anchors not permitted in shaded area Case 2 'S S C) Case 1 S C) S Concrete Edge '5) c,,55 at Sdm c 2 at Cdfl edge distance c (S.1 - S.) s2ts m1n2 +(cmni - 52) (c - cmjn.2) cm Table 5 - Carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ installation parameters' Setting - - -- Nominal anchor diameter d0 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 information Symbol Units Effective minimum in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment h e (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) Mm. member h rshs in. 3-1/4 4 5 5 4 1 6 6 8 5 6 1 8 5-1/2 6 8 8 thickness (mm) (83) (102) (127) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (140) (152) (203) (203) in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 9.1/2 4-3/4 4-1/8 c05)01 (mm) 1 (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (241) (121) (105) Case 1 for in. 8 5 5 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 5 10-1/2 8-7/8 ~ (mm) (203) (127) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (127) (267) (225) in. 8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4.1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 9-1/2 9-1/2 7-3/4 Case 2 (mm) (203) (92) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (241) (197) for in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 5 5 4 S,,2 " (mm) 1 (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) 1 (127) 1 (127) 1 (102) 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where c,,5), <c <cmn2, will determine the permissible spacings. 272 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) corp. 1-800-3634458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 kWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 6 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in, diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 3/8-in. KB-TZ Cs II To and away uncracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor concrete in tension in tension in shear3 I Toward edge from edge in shears 1w 1AM IAV IAn Inn Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 embed. h (mm) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) . (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed. h,, (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.60 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55 n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.60 0.32 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 0.69 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 n/a 0.64 0.21 n/a 0.69 0.42 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 0.80 0.88 n/a 0.64 0.57 n/a 0.81 0.27 n/a 0.81 0.53 0.62 n/a n/a 3.5/8 (92) n/a 0.80 0.72 n/a 0.83 0.91 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.85 0.28 n/a 0.85 0.56 0.63 n/a n/a 4 (102) 033 067 0 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 1.00 0.39 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.86 n/a - 5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.91 0.75 0.91 0.63 5-1(2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.95 0.66 6 (152) n/a 1.00 0.86 n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 n/a 0.60 n/a 0.82 1.00 0.69 7 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a - n/a 0.79 1164 n/a 016 n/a 1188 014 8 (203) 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 - 0.92 1.00 0.94 0.80 . 9 (229) 1.00 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.84 0. 10 (254) tOO 1178 0.91010 tOO 1189 11 (279) 1.00 0.81 0.95 0.72 0.93 12 (305) 1.00 0.83 1.00 0.74 0.97 13 (330) 1.00 0.86 1.00 0.76 1.00 Table 7 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in, diameter carbon steel Hilti KWlK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete12 Edge distance in shear 3/8-in. KB-TZ CS II To and away cracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor concrete in tension in tension in shear' I Toward edge from edge in shear' IAn fAn 11W IAn 11W Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1.1/2 2 2-3/4 1.1(2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 embed. h (mm) (38) (51) (70) 1 (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) 1 (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed. h,, (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 1 (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.87 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55 n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.87 0.33 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 1.00 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 n/a 0.65 0.21 n/a 1.00 0.43 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 1.00 0.88 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.82 0.27 n/a 1.00 0.54 0.62 n/a n/a 3-5/8 (92) 1165 a 0.86 028 a U 4 (102) n/a 0.83 0.74 n/a 0.98 n/a 0.67 0.58 n/a 1.00 0.33 n/a 0.66 0.67 0.82 n/a 4-1/2 (114) - n/a - 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 0.39 n/a - - 0.79 0.71 0.87 n/a 0 6 5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.92 0.75 0.91 0.63 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.96 0.66 6 (152) n/a 1.0006/a n/a 015 1162 n/a 1161 n/a - 1182 tOO 1169 . 7 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.79 0.64 n/a 0.76 n/a 0.88 0.75 8 (203) 1.000 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.80 9 CL 10 (254) 1.000 0.78 0.92 0.70 0.89 11 (279) 1.000 0.81 0.96 0.72 0.94 12 (305) 1.000 0.83 1.00 0.74 . 0.98 13 (330) 1.000 0.86 0.76 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAA' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then JAy = f All. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f Hv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fHV = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hifti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 273 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Minimum 5/8 Typical Min. 2-1/2 for 3/8,1/2, 5/8x3-1/8 and 3/4x3-1/4 Mm. 3-1/4" for 5/8x4 and 3/4x3-3/4 Max. 3" I,J Mm. 3-7/8" Mm. 12 Typical Minimum L 20 Gauge Steel W-Deck Figure 4 - Installation of Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies - W Deck Minimum 5/8" Typical *Upper "S .60 Flute I. Figure 5 - Installation of Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies - B Deck 284 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 3.3.55 Installation instructions Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.us.hilti.com (US) and www.hilti.ca (Canada). Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 3.3.5.6 Ordering information' EDescription KB-TZ 3/8x3 Length 3 Threaded length 1-1/2 Box quantityJ 50 KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS3043/8x3 KB-TZ SS3163/8x3 3 7/8 50 3-3/4 2-1/4 50 KB-TZ 3/8x5 KB-TZ SS3043/8x3-3/4 K6-TZSS3163/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50 5 3-1/2 50 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5 5 2-7/8 50 I KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 20 I KB-TZ 1/2x41/2 KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4;1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 1/2X4-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x5-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/2 2-3/8 3-3/8 20 7 20 [KB-TZ 1/2x7 - KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS3041/2x7 7 4-7/8 20 1 4-3/4 1-1/2 15 IKB-TZ5/8x6 KB-TZ 5/&13-1/2 KB-TZ SS3045/8x6 KB-TZ SS3O45/8x8-1/2 KB-TZ SS3165/8x6 6 2-3/4 15 1 8-1/2 5-1/4 15 I_KB-TZ 5/8x10KB-TZSS3045/8x10 10 6-3/4 15 K6-TZ 3/4x5-1/2 5-1/2 2-1/2 10 K6-TZ 3/4x7 KB-TZ SS3O43/4x5-1/? KB-TZ SS3163/4x5-1/2 5-1/2 1-1/2 10.1 7 4 10 K6-TZ 3/4x8_ 8 5 10 KB-TZ SS3O43/4x8 8 4 10 [KB-rz3/400 10 7 10 1 KB-TZ SS3O43/4x10 KB-TZ SS3163/4x10 10 6 10 1 All dimensions in inches Table 44 - KWIK Bolt TZ length identification system Length ID marking on A B C D E F G H I J K L M N 0 P 0 A S I U V W bolt head Length From 114 2 214 3 314 4 414 5 514 6 6Y2 7 7'4 8 814 9 914 10 11 12 13 14 15 Of anchor, Up to but not 22143344 4'4 5 5'4 6 6'4 77148814991410111213141516 including Figure 8 - Bolt head with length identification mark and KWlK Bolt TZ head notch embossment Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2016 297 ?owers, GENERAL INFORMATION FASTENING INNOVATIONS GENERAL INFORMATION POWER-STUD® +5D2 Wedge Expansion Anchor The Power-Stud+ SD2 anchor is a fully threaded, torque-controlled, wedge expansion anchor which is designed for consistent performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. Suitable base materials include normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight concrete and concrete over steel deck. The anchor is manufactured with a zinc plated carbon steel body and stainless steel expansion clip for premium performance. Structural connections, i.e., beam and column anchorage Utility and safety-related attachments - • Interior applications / low level corrosion environment ' • Tension zone applications, i.e., cable trays and strut, pipe supports, fire sprinklers 0 • Seismic and wind loading Medium to heavy duty purposes FEATURES AND BENEFITS g + Consistent performance in high and low strength concrete + Nominal drill bit size is the same as the anchor diameter + Anchor can be installed through standard fixture holes + Length ID code and identifying marking stamped on head of each anchor Lj' + Anchor design allows for follow-up expansion after setting under tensile loading ow APPROVALS AND LISTINGS International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-2502 for Concrete, Code Compliant with the 2015, IBC, 2015 lRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, 2009 lRC, 2006 IBC, and 2006 lRC. Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC 193 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACl 318 (Strength Design method using Appendix D) Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchors) FM Global (Factory Mutual) - File No. 3033795, 3/8' and 1/2" diameters Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1289 - See listing. In GUIDE 1SPECIFICATIONS CSI Divisions: 03 16 00- Concrete Anchors, 04 05 19.16 - Masonry Anchors and 05 05 09 - Post-Installed Concrete Anchors. Expansion anchors shall be Power-Stud+ SD2 as supplied by Powers Fasteners, Inc., Brewster, NY. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION CONTENTS General Information......................1 Material Specifications ................. 1 Installation Specifications............2 Installation Instructions................3 Performance Data..........................5 Ordering information .................. 10 POWER-STUD+ 5D2 ASSEMBLY THREAD VERSION UNC threaded stud ANCHOR MATERIALS Zinc plated carbon steel body with stainless steel expansion clip, zinc plated carbon steel nut and washer ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYP.) 3/8' diameter through 3/4" diameter SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-weight concrete Sand-lightweight concrete Concrete over steel deck Grouted-filled concrete masonry (CM U) This Product Available In Powers Design Assists Real-lime Anchor Design Software www.powersdesignassist.com Anchor component Specification Anchor Body Medium carbon steel Hex nut Carbon steel, ASTM A 563, Grade A Washer Carbon Steel, ASTM F 844; meets dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.2._ Type _A_Plain Expansion wedge (clip) Type 316 Stainless Steel Plating (anchor body, nut and washer) Zinc plating according to ASTM B 633, SCI Type Ill (Fe/Zn 5). Minimum plating requirements for Mild Service Condition. 1 www.powers.com ?owers FASTENING INNOVATIONS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Anchor Settinci Information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies34 Anchor Property! Notation Unit Nominal Anchor Size (inch) - 3/8 1/2' Setting Information Nominal drill bit diameter dblt in. 3/8 ANSI 1/2 ANSI Minimum nominal embedment depth hnom in. (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 2-1/2 (64) Effective embedment her (mm) in.2.00 (51) 2.00 (51) Minimum concrete member thickness' hmineic in. (mm) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/2 (64) Critical edge distance CdCk.IOP in. (mm) 8 (203) 9 (229) Minimum edge distance ciw in. 4 (102) I 2-3/4 (70) 8 (mm) 4 (102) (203 Minimum spacing distance Snidedctop in. (mm) 3-1/2 (89) 6 (152) 8 (203) 4 (102) Minimum hole depth h0 in. 2-1/2 (64) 2-/2 (mm) (64) Installation torque Tit ft-lb. (N-m) 20 (27) 40 (54) Torque wrench socket size - in. 9/16 3/4 Nut height - in. 21/64 7/16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-Ibf = 1.356 N-m. The embedment depth, h, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor prior to tightening. The anchors may be installed in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum thicknesses specified in this table. Minimum concrete member thickness refers to the concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness). See Installation Detail D. For all other anchor diameters and embedment depths, refer to the installation table for applicable values of hn=, Cin and sn. Design capacities shall be based on calculations according to values in Tension and Shear Design Information for Anchors in Concrete tables. wvvw.povvers.corn Power-Stud+ 5D2 Anchor Detail INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Before ?owers. FASTENING INNOVATIONS Head Marking Legend Letter Code = Length Identification Mark '+' Symbol = Strength Design Compliant Anchor Number Code = Carbon Steel Body and Stainless Steel Expansion Clip After Lenqth Identification Mark A B. C . D E F G H . I J K I M. N 0 P From 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6" 6-1/2" 7" 7-1/2' 8" 8-1/2" 9" Up to but not including 2" 2-1/2" 3" 3-112" 4" 4-1/2' 5" 5-1/2' 6" 6-1/2" 7" 7-1/2" 8" 8-1/2 9" 9-1/2" Length identification mark indicates overall length of anchor. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions for Power-Stud+ 5132 C2JL9 < Step 4 Tighten the anchor with a torque wrench by applying the required installation torque, urn. Step 1 Step 2 Using the proper drill bit size, Remove dust and debris drill a hole into the base material from the hole, using a hand to the required depth. The pump, compressed air or tolerances of the drill bit used a vacuum to remove loose should meet the requirements particles left from drilling. of ANSI Standard B212.15. Step 3 Position the washer on the anchor and thread on the nut. If installing through a fixture, drive the anchor through the fixture into the hole. Be sure the anchor is driven to the minimum required embedment depth, horn. 3 - www.powers.com ?owers, FASTENING INNOVATIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Detail A: Power-Stud+ 5D2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies (see dimensional protile requirem STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) Tin. 3114" [-314" Clearance Mm. Upper Flute (Valley) IL c a, a,0 çy ç c 0L c' % 4.a,.o.oa,a,.ojva,.v Powe Scud \0 a, M n1\ : 3 4, . a, Aetchor (Typ) M in. 4112" IlypI Min. Lower Flute (Ridge) 1.1/4" No. 30 Gage Steel Deck Mm. Flute Edge 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail A provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail A profiles may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Installation Detail B: Power-Stud+ 5D2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor ana KooT Assemblies tsee aimensionai nroiiie reauirem LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) lin. 2" 1" Clearance Mm. Upper Flute (Valley) 9pt' Pow Anchor Mm. 3-1/8 Crypt Mite. Lower Flute (Ridge No. 20 Gage Steel Deck I Flute 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail B provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of Detail B profiles may be installed with a maximum 15/16 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Min. 12" )Typ( Installation Detail C: Power-Stud+ 5D2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies (See Dimensional Protile Regu STRUCTURAL SAN D-LIGH1WEIGHT CONCRETE OR NO RIVAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) Mm. 2-114" l' Clearance Mm. a a 4 4 4 a a a C.:.. C.: ...C.:.. C.:.. C.:.. C.. 1l c:)T ud+ Anchor (Typ) Anchors may be placed in the lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail C profiles may be installed with a maximum 1/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute is minimum 3-1/4-inch and a minimum hole clearance of 3/4-inch is satisfied. 2-112" 1-3/4" Mm. Mm. 'Min 314" No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Min. Lower Flute Ed Installation Detail D: Installation Detail for Anchors in the Top of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies (see dimensional protile require OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 2,500 P51) Power-Stud, Anchor flypt Mm. 2-1/2 Upper Flute (Valley) Y. :: 1-1/2" ;. :'. ;. . ITYpI . , . Min (j;3/4" lyp t-314 in. 6" (lyp( t Lower Flute (Ridge) Mm. 2.t12" No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Mm. ITYpI Plate Edge Anchors may be placed in the top side of concrete over steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail D provided the minimum concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness) is as illustrated and the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances are satisfied as given in Setting Information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies Table. For anchors installed in the top of concrete over steel deck profiles with concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness) greater than or equal to the minimum concrete member thicknesses specified in Installation Table for the Power-SWd+ 5D2, the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances may be used from this table, as applicable. www.powers.com 4 ?owers. PERFORMANCE DATA FASTENING INNOVATIONS Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch) Design Characteristic Notation Units 3/8 I 1/2 5/8 I 3/4 Anchor category 1,2 013 - 1 1 1 STEEL STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 318-14 17.41 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1)6 Minimum specified yield strength (neck) fl(N/mm1) ksi 96.0 (662) 85.0 (586) 85.0 (586) 70.0 (483) Minimum specified ultimate tensile strength (neck) f' ksi (N/mm2) 120.0 (827) 106.0 (731) 106.0 (731) 90.0 (620) Effective tensile stress area (neck) AS.N in' (mm2) 0.0552 (35.6) 0.1007 (65.0) 0.1619 (104.5) 0.2359 (153.2) Steel strength in tension N lb (kN) 6,625 (29.4) 10,445 (46.5) 13,080 (58.2) 21,230 (94.4) Reduction factor for steel strength' 4 - 0.75 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2) Effective embedment her in. 2.00 2.00 I 3.25 3.25 I 4.25 3.75 I 5.00 (mm) (51) (51) I (83) (83) I (108) (95) I (127) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete k66, - 24 24 24 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k6, - 17 17 17 17 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete' ljxN - 1.0 See 1.0 See note 5 1.0 See note 5 1.0 See note 5 note _5 1 Critical edge distance 1 in. (mm) 6-1/2 (165) 8 (203) I 10 (254) 8 (203) 10 1 (254) 12 (305) I 12 I (305) Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength' 0 - 0.65(Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3)6 - Characteristic pullout strength, N60a lb 2,775 See 6,615 See See See I See uncracked concrete (2,500 psi)' (kN) (12.3) note 7 (29.4) note 7 note 7 note 7 I note 7 Characteristic pullout strength, No.3, lb 2,165 See 4,375 See See See I 7,795 cracked concrete (2,500 psi)' (kN) (9.6) note 7 (19.5) 1 note 7 note 7 note 7 I (35.1) Reduction factor for pullout strength' - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS (ACI 318-14 17.233 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.33)6 Characteristic pullout strength, seismic (2,500 psi)',' Np .w 1 lb (kN) 2,165 (9.6) note 7 4,375 (19.5) I ee S note 7 I See note 7 I See note 7 I 7,795 (35.1) Reduction factor for pullout strength' 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) Uncracked concrete I /3 lbf/in 865,000 717,00 569,000 I 420,000 I Mean axial stiffness values (kN/mm) (151) (126) (100) (74) service load range Cracked concrete lbf/in 49,500 57,000 64,500 I 72,000 (kN/mm) (9) (10) (11) I (13) The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix 0, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318 0.3.3, as applicable, shall apply. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of çbwere determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of g!r must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix D, as applicable, requirements for Condition A, see ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, for the appropriate 0 factor when the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used. The Power-Stud+ SD2 is considered a ductile steel element in tension as defined by ACI 318-142.3 or ACI 318 0.1, as applicable. Tabulated values for steel strength in tension are based on test results per ACI 355.2 and must be used for design. For all design cases use V/, = 1.0. Select appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (kee) or uncracked concrete (k0). For all design cases use VAP = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 2,500 psi, Nn = (pullout strength value from table) *(specified concrete compressive strength/2500). For concrete over steel deck the value of 2500 must be replaced with the value of 3000. For all anchors n = 1/2 with the exception of the 318 anchor size for cracked concrete where n = 1/3. Pullout strength does not control design of indicated anchors. Do not calculate pullout strength for indicated anchor size and embedment. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided that Nb, Nq and N, are multiplied by a factor of 0.60 (not required for steel deck). Reported values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. Mean values shown; actual stiffness varies considerable depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. tt.Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies; see installation details A, 8, C and D. 5 www.powers.com ?owers. PERFORMANCE DATA FASTENING INNOVATIONS Reported values for steel strength in shear are based on test results per AU 355.2, Section 9.4 and shall be used for design. Anchors are permitted to used in sand-lightweight concrete provided that Vs and \Ap are multiplied by a factor of 0.60 (not required for steel deck). Reported values for steel strength in shear for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.6. Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies: see installation details A, 8, C and D. w.powers.corn PERFORMANCE DATA Tension and Shear Design Data for Power-Stud+ SD2 Anchors in the Soffit of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies 1,23 ?owers FASTENING INNOVATIONS fCC-ES ESR-2502 ODE LISTED J,8 rD I Nominal Anchor Size (inch) Design Characteristics Notation Units 0.375 - 0.5 0.625 0.75 Anchor Category 1, 2 or 3 - 1 1 1 1 1 EffectiveEmbedment h " in. 2.00 2.00 3.25 3.25 4.25 3.75 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR ANCHORS IN SOFFIT OF SAND LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK According to Characteristic pullout strength, Nn'" lbf 1,855 2,065 3,930 4,665 7,365 4,900 Detail A uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (8.3) (9.2) (17.5) (20.8) (32.8) (21.8) 4-1/2-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,i,ciçc, lbf 1,445 1,465 2,600 3,305 5,215 3,470 deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck'-' (kN) (6.4) (6.5) (11.6) (14.7). (23.2) (15.4) According to Characteristic pullout strength, N' °"°" lbf 2,235 2,785 5,600 Not Not Not Detail B uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (9.9) (12.4) (24.9) Applicable Applicable Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, lbf 1,745 1,975 3,695 Not Not Not deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (7.8) (8.8) (16.4) Applicable Applicable Applicable According to Characteristic pullout strength, N lbf 1,600 2,025 Not Not Not Not Detail C uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (7.1) (9.0) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 1-3/4-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strenath, lbf 1,250 1,435 Not Not Not Not deck flute cracked concrete over steeldeck' (kN) (5.6) (6.4) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for pullout strength' - 0.65 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR ANCHORS IN SOFFIT OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK46 According to Steel strength in shear, lbf 2,170 3,815 5,040 4,015 6,670 4,325 Detail A concrete over steel deck (kN) (9.7) (17.0) (22.4) (17.9) (29.7) (19.2) 4-1/2-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, V*deciceq lbf 1,715 3,815 5,040 2,675 4,445 2,820 deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (7.6) (17.0) (22.4) (11.9) (19.8) (12.5) According to Steel strength in shear, v lbf 3,040 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not Detail B concrete over steel deck (kN) (13.5) (11.9) (21.9) Applicable Applicable Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, lbf 2,400 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (10.6) (11.9) (21.9) Applicable Applicable Applicable According to Steel strength in shear, vS.d6Ck lbf 2,170 2,880 Not Not Not Not Detail C concrete over steel deck (kN) (9.7) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 1-3/4-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, V,4dakai lbf 1,715 2,880 Not Not Not Not deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (7.6) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for steel strength in shear, - 065 concrete over steel deck' For all design cases TP = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 3,000 psi, N,=(pullout strength value from table) (specified concrete compressive strength/2500). For all anchors n=1/2 with exception of the 3/8-inch-diameter anchor size, where n=1/3. Values for Np,i are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'4in = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318 D.5.2, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). Values for are applicable for seismic loading. Shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. Values for and are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'=,, = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318 D.6.2, as applicable and the pryout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. Anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute soffit equal to the greater of 3hr or 1.5 times the flute width. www.powers.com Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Cracked Concrete Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Anchor Embed. Nominal t'c = 2,500 psi ft = 3,000 psi ft = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi ft = 8,000 psi ________ ________ _________ T tVn ension ________ ________ TtVn ension oVn _________ 1L10fl Vn S'tear Diameter ITLion Sear Sear Sear Tension Sear (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs 23/8 1,405 1,495 1,845 1,645 I 1,885 I 2,075 4 1/2 4,010 7,590 4,395 5,075 6215 7,175 3/4 53/4 5,065 :' 5,550 6,410 7850 I:: 0- Anchor Pullout/Pout Strength Controls 0- Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls ?owers. FASTENING INNOVATIONS PERFORMANCE DATA Factored Design Strength (ON, and q5V5) Calculated in Accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D: 1- Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal- weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = hmin, and with the following conditions: - car is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, Cac (table values based on Cal = c). - cau is greater than or equal to 1.5 times Cal. Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-11 Appendix D. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode is listed. (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, concrete breakout and pryout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension and pryout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, ho, for the selected anchors as noted in the design information tables. Please also reference the installation specifications for more information. Strength reduction factors (0) were based on ACI 318 Section 9.2 for load combinations. Condition 8 is assumed. Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables. For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318 Appendix D. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318 Appendix D. / .a a/lha / I , },JCa2, ; Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Uncracked Concrete Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Anchor Embed. Nominal fc = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi I t'c = 4.000 psi I ft= 6,000 p1 I f'c = 8,000 psi __________ q5Nn __________ QVn qSNn I tllVn çbNn I qVn _____________________________________________________________________________________________ ON!,I Q5Vn q5Nn I 4IVn Diameter (in.) (in.) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,805 I 1,975 I1. 2,280 1)1. 2,795 Ii 3,225 2-1/2 2,205 2,375 2,415 2,605 £tll 3,005 3,420 I 3,945 I 1/2 3-3/4 4,300 I 4,710 is 5,440 I 6,660 7,690 3-7/8 4,570 5,905 5,005 6,470 5,780 . . I 7,080 . . I 8,175 5/8 4-7/8 6,835 . .pi 7,485 . 7' 8,645 . . I J3[s 4-1/2 5,665 1. 6,205 • 7,165 • 8,775 : • 10,130 3/4 I I I I I 5-3/4 8,720 • 9,555 • 11,030 • 13,510 • 15,600 0- Anchor Pullout/Piyout Strength Controls 0- Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls Factored design strengths may be converted to allowable loads using an appropriate conversion factor, o, for the controlling load combination. See ICC-ES ESR-2502 or contact Powers for more information regarding the procedure to convert factored design strengths to allowable loads. .powers.comwww 8 Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal SFhor Noflllflal An b Ern ed. f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6.000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi T,,uie,,sn Viiwu,,uo Fauwaae.u5D V,,S,ASD Tai,v,au,aso Viiov,,.Asn TwASO V,,vue,usn Tnsu Vaiwue.uso Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,005 1,205 1,070 1,320 1,175 1,445 1,345 1,445 1,480 1,445 2-1/2 1,120 1,205 1,220 1,320 1,410 1,520 1,730 1,860 1,995 2,150 1/2 3-3/4 2,030 2,235 2,225 2,235 2,570 1 2,235 3,145 2,235 1 3,630 2,235 3-7/8 2,310 3,015 2,530 3,300 2,925 3,810 3,580 4,670 4,135 4,720 5/8 4-7/8 3,455 4,720 3,790 4,720 4,375 4,720 5,355 4,720 6,185 4,720 4-1/2 2,865 5,420 3,140 5,855 3,625 51855 4,440 5,855 5,125 5,855 3/4 5-3/4 3,620 5,855 3,965 1 5,855 4,580 5,855 t5,605 5,855 6,475 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, or, from Factored Design Strengths and conditions shown on the previous page. Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6L. Calculated weighted average for the conversion factor, oS: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4. Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Uncracked Concrete 1.2 Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal AnchorEmbed. Nominal f'c =2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi Size h Tio,vae.uo VaIu,ASD Tau,,,ai.u,o Vaue.usu T,uOWu,wD Vai,..ue.uso Taiow,ui.asn Vai,va,.usn T,,au.uso Va==te.uw Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,290 1,445 1,410 1,445 1,630 1,445 1,995 1,445 2,305 1,445 2-1/2 1,575 1,695 1,725 1,860 1,995 2,145 2,445 2,235 2,820 2,235 1/2 3-3/4 3,070 2,235 3,365 2,235 3,885 2,235 4,755 2,235 5,495 2,235 3-7/8 3,265 4,220 3,575 4,620 4,130 4,720 5,055 4,720 5,840 4,720 5/8 4-7/8 1 4,880 4,720 5,345 4,720 6,175 4,720 7,005 4,720 7,005 4,720 4-1/2 1 4,045 5,855 4,430 5,855 5,120 5,855 6,270 51855 7,235 5,855 3/4 5-3/4 1 6,230 5,855 1 6,825 5,855 7,880 5,855 9,650 5,855 1 11,145 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, ot, from Factored Design Strengths and conditions shown on the previous page. Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1.20 + 1.6L. Calculated weighted average for the conversion factor, o: 1.2(0.5)+ 1.6(0.5)= 1.4. ?owers. PERFORMANCE DATA FASTENING INNOVATIONS Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Cracked Concrete'-' 0 Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Power-Stud+ 5D2 in Grouted Filled Concrete Masonry','.' 0 Minimum Masonry Compressive Strength, Nominal f'm = 1,500 psi (10.4 MPa) ____________ Anchor Size Minimum Embedment Installation Allowable Ulimate Allowable Ulimate Depth Location' Depth Load Load L Load -r in. (mm) (mm) Tension Tension Shear Shear lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) EDk ____________ 3/8 2-1/2 Wall Face/End Mi 2-1/2 Edge and 1,670 335 2,075 415 (9.5) (50.8) End Distances (7.4) (1.5) (9.2) (1.8) Wall Face/End 2,295 460 1,310 260 08) Mm. 3" Edge and (10.2) (2.0) (5.8) (1.2) Face Shell 1/2 End Distances Permissible Anchor Locations 3-3/4 lop of Wall 3,320 665 1,140 230 (12.7) (Un-hatchedArea /Through Face Shell) (95.3) Mm. 1-3/4" Edge and (14.8) (3.0) (5.1) (1.0) 4" Edge Distances Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in minimum 6-inch wide, minimum Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASIM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using and applied safety factor of 5.0. Consideration of safety factors of 10 or higher may be necessary depending upon the application such as life safety. Anchor installations into groused masonry walls are limited to one per masonry cell. w.powers.com 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16-388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL VALVES APPROVED LISTED E A H: DISC CLEARANCE OF I I I BODYSURFACE ThR000H END OP DISC IN THE OPEN POSITION _ CI- 4.3T 2.44 _ TAMPER RESISTANT FASTENER Iffig'Crifig-to High quality fire protection control Butterfly Valves in Grooved End connections. These valves are UL, ULC listed and FM approved and are available in sizes from 2h/2 up to 8". They are supplied from stock with factory installed UL listed double tamper switch for indoor and outdoor use. Grooved End 2 1/2" - 8" (65mm up to 200mm) Working Pressure 300 psi (21.4 bars) Max. Test Pressure 600 psi (42.8 bars) Max. Working Temperature 250°F (120°C) Components Material Body ASTM A-536 Nylon-11 Coated Disc ASTM A-536 EPOM Encapsulated Upper & Lower Stems AISI 420-SS Housing ASTM A-536 Hand Wheel ASTM A-536 Flag Indicator ASTM A-536 Shear Pin ASTM A-51 0 Segment Gear ASTM B-i 48 or B-584 Housing Gasket EPDM Grade E 0-Rings (All) EPDM Grade E Size A B C E F G -H 2 ½" 4.13 (105) 3.30 (85) 3.80 (96.4) 2.87 (73.0) 5.31 (135) 5.04 (128) 5.04 (128) 4.41 (112) 3.60 (92) 3.80 (96.4) 3.50 (88.9) 5,59 (142) 5.04 (128) 5.04 (128) 5.71 (145) 4.30 (108) 4.54 (115.4) 4.50 (114.3) 6.89 (175) 5.04 (128) 5.04 (128) 6" 7.05 (179) 5.71 (145) 5.21 (132.4) 6.63 (168.3) 8.23 (209) 8.66 (220) 8.66 (220) 0.28 (7.10) 8" 8.03 (204) 6.70 (170) 5.80 (147.4) 8.63 (219.1) 9.21 (234) 8.66 (220) 8.66 (220) 0.95 (24.2) Wiring Diagram SUPERVISORY TAMPER SWITCH CIRCUITS (VALVE FULLY OPEN) 1REOj S11 COM 1C.-Os..== COMMON (WHITE) FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT END OR LINE RESISTANCE OR NEXT DEVICE GREEN ACTUATOR CASE GROUND OPEN (ORANGE) S2 NC VOLTAGE CLOSED(BLUE) SOURCE CON COMMON (BLACK) FAUXILIARY DEVICE] (BELL OR NOR GROOVED END Flow Characteristics t DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 Size 2" 2,5" 3" 4" 6" j OD 60 73 89 114 165 219 1. S — • I •MMCA Mit — 11111 FM I'111IN" AM UIIWA••AIII UIPIIV VIuPiUII , I A•UIiiHl 56169 Z 3 45616910 Flow (01h) Size Part # Weight 2 ½" 7M99002653 19.84 7M99002654 21.6 7M99002655 24.25 6" 7M99002656 38.36 8" 7M99002657 50.26 Flow Coefficent: Ky Kv=M3/hour across valve at same standard condition (20°C, ibar) DW (mm) Size (in) OD 30* 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 65 2½" 73 12 27.4 53.1 96 138 156 163 65 2½" 76 12 27.4 53.1 96 138 156 163 80 89 18.9 39.4 78.9 144 210 243 249 100 114 30 65.1 129 226 377 488 514 150 6" 165 84 184 369 634 964 1196 1286 150 6" 168 84 184 369 634 964 1196 1286 1.200 1 8" 1 219 1 165 339 677 1 1230 2002 2850 3129 30 Cv=1 KV 20 6 10 CV =1 KV Ky = p / Q =31.6 KV FAP 6 3 1. 6 VP Vpi Q = flow in m3/h AP pressure loss p1 = density in in bar Kg/ml Flow Coefficients Cy VS Disc Angle The flow coefficient KV is the flow of water through the valve in M3 /h, 90 at an average temperature of 00 20°C, which produces a pressure 70 loss of 1 bar. The relation between 60 Cvand KV is: 50 ________________ 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 60 90 Angle 01 Opening Bulletin 807 Rev. J liable Features Grooved end connections. Compact, lightweight design. Non-slamming, spring loaded clapper to minimize water hammer. Approved for horizontal and vertical instal- lation. Streamlined body design provides very low friction loss. Elastomer faced clapper provides leak-free, non-sticking sealing. General Reliable Model G Swing check Valves are multiple pur- pose valves performing regular check valve duties with very low friction loss. All four sizes are approved for use in fire protection systems. Typical applications include con- nections between public water supplies and private fire systems, at the discharge from fire pumps, at gravity tank connections and at fire department pumper connections. All Model G check Valves are provided with a ½' NFl (R½) supply side connection (Item 12, Fig.2). Grooved end connections provide fast and easy in- stallation using listed or approved mechanical grooved couplings. Rigid style grooved couplings can be used for positive clamping to resist flexural and tor- sional loads. Hgure 1 Swing check Valves and associ- ated equipment should periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA 25 provides mirrnurn Model G Swing Check Valves 21/2" (65 mm), 76 mm 3" (80 mm), 4" (100 mm), 6" (150 mm), 165 mm & 8" (200 mm) Valve Description 1. Rated working pressure 250 psi (17,25 bar). 2. Factory hydrostatic test pressure 500 psi (34,5 bar). 3. Friction loss, expressed in equivalent length of Sch. 40 pipe with c = 120 (based on Hazen and Williams formula): 2½"(65 mm) &76mm-7ft(2.13m) (80 mm) - 7 ft (2.13 m) (100 mm) - 10 ft (3.05 m) 6" (150 mm) & 165 mm - 16 ft (4.88 m) 8" (200 mm) - 15.9 ft (4.85 m) 4. Standard grooved end dimensions per ANSI/AWWA 0606. Technical Data Valve Size Face-to-Face Dimensions Shipping weight 21/2" (65 mm) & 76 mm 7.12" (181 mm) 9 lbs. (4kg) 3" (80 mm) 7.62" (193 mm) 11 lbs. (5kg) 4(100mm) 8.44" (214 mm) 17 lbs. (7.7kg) 6" (150 mm) & 165 mm 10.25" (260 mm) 38 lbs. (17.25kg) 8" (200 mm) 12.5" (318 mm) 1 63 lbs. (28.58kg) Pressure Drop vs. Flow Rate Model 6 Swing Check Valves S (0,34) 4.5 a a a (0,31) , a I 28 (., 4 . 3.5 (0,24) " .0 (0,21) 2.5 2 (0,17) W2 (0,14) U, U, 45 _ 10) (0,07) 0.5 (0,034) 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 51700 (1893) (3785) (5678) (7571) (9464) (11356) (13249) (15142) (17034) (18927) 807HART Flow Rate, GPM (1/mm) maintenance requirements. GneCK - - - valves should be inspected and operated at least annu- ally. Parts should be replaced as required. When Model G Swing Check Valves are installed verti- cally, the direction of the flow arrow must point upward. For horizontal installations, the hinge pin must be located at the top. Approvals Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Underwriters' Laboratories certified for Canada. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corp.* NYC MEA 258-93-E * FM Approved as both a "Single" check valve and as an "Anti-Water Hammer" check valve. Reliable AutomaticAutomatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Refer to figure 2. Item No.Part Name Material Oty. Part Number 2W'( 76 mm 3" (80 mm) 4" (100mm) 6" (150 mm) 165 mm &'(200 mm) 1* Valve Body Gray Iron, ASTM-A48 Class 30A 1 91005012 91005011 91005013 91005014 91005016 91006015 91005008 2* Seat Bronze 083600 or 093200, ASTM-8505 1 96020200 960202(X) 96020300 96020400 96020600 96020600 96020800 3 Clapper Stainless Steel 3O4,ASTM-A240 1 91816112 91816112 91816113 91816114 91816116 91816116 91816118 4 Facing Seal EPDM Rubber 1 95520203 95520200 95520300 95520408 95520600 95520600 95520800 5 Clamping Ring Stainless Steel 304, ASTM-A240 1 952903(0 95290300 9529030) 95290400 95290600 95290600 95290800 6 Gasket " EPDM Rubber 1 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720804 7 Spdng Stainless Steel 302, ASTM-A313 1 964003(0 9640030) 96400300 96408400 96400600 96400600 96400800 8 Hinge Fin Stainless Steel 303, ASTM-A582 1 95000280 95008280 950(X)3(X) 95006824 9500060) 9508060) 95000800 9 Bolt Stainless Steel 304, ASTM-F593 1 9100060) 9106(608 910906(0 91090600 91090600 91090600 91090800 10 Locknut** Stainless Steel 303, ASTM-F594 1 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 11 Plug, 1/4" NPT Steel 1 95201800 95201800 9520180) 95201800 95201800 9520180) 95201800 12 Plug, Y2" NPT Steel 1 986042102 98604402 98604402 98604402 98604402 98604402 98604402 13 Shoulder Eye Steel 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 98020816 Replacement Seal Kit ----------------- 1 6888040025 6888040025 6888040030 6888040040 6888040060 68WO400601 6888040)80 * Not field replaceable. Valve Disassembly Close the main water supply valve and drain the system. Remove the check valve from the piping system. Inspect the Seat (2) for any cuts, scrapes and dents. Replace the valve if any damage is found. To replace the Facing Seal (4), remove the Clapper (3), unscrew the Locknut (10) and remove the Reten- tion Bolt (9). Valve Reassembly Thoroughly clean the Clapper (3). Insert the Retention Bolt (9) with a new Gasket (6). Place the new Facing Seal (4) and the Clamping Ring (5) against the Clapper (3). Tighten the new Locknut (10) to 21 in-lbs. (2.37 N.m) torque in 21/2" (65 mm), 76 mm & 3" (80 mm) sizes and to 52 in-lbs. (5.87 Nom) in 4(100mm), 6" (150 mm), 165 mm & 8" (200 mm) sizes. Insert the clapper assembly into the valve through the downstream opening. Reinsert the Hinge Pin (8) while holding the coils of the properly oriented Spring (7) in place. Install the hinge pin Plug (11). Reinstall the check valve in the system. Place the system back in service. Figure 2 Ordering Information Specify: Model G Right—CheckTM Valve. Size. Contact the installing contractor or Reliable if any difficulties are expe- rienced. Should replacement parts be needed, use only genuine Reli- able parts. The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. Manufactured by Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. Recycled ® (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices %,' Paper Reliabl (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices e (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. www.reliablesprirtkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 12/14 P/N 9999970071 6/13/13 Pressure Relief Vakes PREssuRE RELiEF VALVES The Model 7000 and Model 7200 are UL Listed /FM Approved pressure relief valves specifically designed for fire sprinkler systems. Both models relieve excess system pressure caused by surges or temperature changes and comply with NFPA-1 3 requirements that stipulate a pressure relief valve be installed on all gridded systems and downstream of all pressure reducing valves. Both models feature a bronze body, stainless steel spring, and flushing handle to remove debris. Model 7000 Model 7200 Model 7000 1/2" MIPT inlet and FIPT outlet Rated for installation in 175 PSI systems with other ratings available (165, 185, 195, 205, 225, and 250) The Model 7000 can be purchased individually or as part of the 1011 Kit with all necessary drainage piping and connections for use with all TESTANDRAIN® valves. Pressure relief valves can be installed on an installed TESTANDRAIN® valve without removing the valve from the line or draining down the system. For more information, visit the "Support" page. Model 7200 3/4" MIPT inlet and FIPT outlet Rated for installation in 175 PSI systems The Model 7200 is specially designed to provide relief, test, and drain functions in a single valve and is used on the 1" Model 8011 Residential RisPACK®. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the walve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80% of that rating. c®u PffiU Downloads: Cut Sheet Model 7000 CAD Files Model 7200 CAD Files Model 7000 Specifications Model 7200 Specifications Translated Cut Sheets: Espanol Fronçois Portugues Deutsch Itatano Locate a Distributor Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility vv.testandrain.corn/docurints/prod_dodprv.html 1/1 The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1000 TESTANDRAIN® provides both the test function and the express drain function for a wet fire sprinkler system. The Model 1000 complies with the requirements of NFPA-13, NFPA-13R, and NFPA-13D. The Model 1000 TESTANDRAIN® is a compact single handle ball valve which includes a tamper resistant test orifice and integral tamper resistant sight glasses, and is 300 PSI rated. Available in a full range of sizes from 34" to 2" NPT and BSPT, with all specifiable orifice sizes 3/8" (2.8K), 7A6" (4.2K), ½" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), /8" (11.2K, ELO), 34" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 as required by NFPA 13, 2007 Edition (see reverse). The orifice size is noted on the indicator plate and the valve features a tapped and plugged port for system access. A locking kit is available and can be ordered with the valve to provide vandal resistance or prevent unintentional alarm activation. Repair kits including (1) adapter gasket, (1) ball, (2) valve seats, (1) stem packing, and (1) stem washer are available for all TESTANDRAIN® valves. Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. MODEL 1000 - FRONT VIEW, VERTICAL INSTALLATION FROM BRANCH SYSTEM ACCESS PORT I STREET EL STREET E'\JJj)N. OR PIPE TO DRAIN TODRAN, RIGHT HAND/STRAIGHT INSTALLATION TESTANDRAIN is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. CS1000 10/09 MATERIALS Handle: Steel Stem: Rod Brass Ball: C.P. Brass Body: Bronze Valve Seat: Impregnated Teflonm Indicator Plate: Steel Handle Stop: Steel APPROVALS UL and ULC Listed (EX4019) FM Approved NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM MODEL 1000 - PLAN VIEW FRONT VIEW - HORIZONTAL INSTALL DIMENSIONS Orifice Size Available: /8, 7A6, 1/2", 17/32", ELO (%)*, ESFR (3/4)0, & K25"" SIZE A B C D E F G H 3/4" 51A6" 1½" 23A6 35" 3/8" 113A6' 4A6" 63,'" (128 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) V. 51/16 11½' 23A6' 35,i" 33" 113A6" 49A6' 63,' (128 mm) (37.5 mm) 1 (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 11/4' 5A6" 111A6" 2A6" 41/4' 35/16" 115/16" 59A6" 51½" (163 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) (108 mm) (83 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) 1/2 113A6" 31/4" 51A6" 37j " 25/8 81/4 10½" (163 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) 2" 67/16" 113/16" 31/4" 51A6" 37,," 25/8 81/4 10," (163 mm) 1 (45 mm) 1 (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) 1 (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) * Available on 11/4* to 2" size units only ** Available on 11/2" and 2" size units only THE MODEL 1000 PROVIDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING... From the 2007 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) - shall be provided with a drain & 8.16.2.4.3 connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow.., using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be readily accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location.., downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall be brass. AGF Manufacturing Inc. . 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 A Phone: 610-240-4900 LI Fax: 610-240-4906 www.testandrain.com Job Name: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC. gui 714 S. Main St., Randleman, NC 27317 Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com IS09001 EGIST(AEO COMPANY Model 126SUL Angle Valve Soft Disc '-' UL Listed for Fire Sprinkler Service at 250 WOG 200 WOG @ 180 'Max 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends Rising Stem • Integral Seat MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL Hex Nut Steel 2 Hand Wheel Aluminum 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 Packing Graphite Non-Asbestos Bonnet ('/2" - 1") Bonnet (1 Y4" —2") Brass Bronze 6 Stem & Seat Assembly Brass 7 Disc Buna N 8 Body Bronze Size '/2" 3/4 1" 1 1/4" 1 Y2" 2" A 1.03 1.22 1.47 1.75 2.00 2.34 B 2.03 2.38 2.75 3.00 3.72 3.72 C (closed) 3.13 3.25 4.38 4.50 5.25 5.63 Ship Wt. (lbs.) 0.69 0.94 1.76 2.50 3.26 5.32 Qty. Unit Pack 12 6 6 4 2 2 Qty. Per Case 1 72 60 36 24 12 12 UNITED BRAss WORKS, INC. &nv U'., 714 S. Main St., Randleman, NC 27317 IS09001 Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com REGISTERED COMPANY Model 125SUL Globe Valve Soft Disc c®us UL Listed for Fire Sprinkler Service at 250 WOG 200 WOG @ 180 'Max 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends 'Integral Seat Rising Stern Swivel Disc Holder MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL Hex Nut Steel 2 Hand Wheel Aluminum 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 Packing Graphite Non-Asb. Bonnet ('/2" - I") Bonnet (1Y4" —2") Brass Bronze 6 Stem & Disc Assm. Brass 7 Disc Buna N 8 Body Bronze Size '/2" 3/4 I " 1 '/4" 1 V2 2" A 2.22 2.47 2.97 3.56 4.06 4.69 B 2.03 2.38 2.75 3.00 3.72 3.72 C (closed) 3.38 3.50 4.25 4.75 5.50 5.50 Ship Wt. (lbs.) 0.69 0.94 1.76 2.50 3.26 5.32 Qty. Unit Pack 12 6 6 4 2 2 Qty. Per Case 72 60 36 24 12 12 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16- 388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL ELECTRICAL DEVICES CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7135-0328:0119 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7135--AUDIBLE DEVICES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: BillWpottersignal.com DESIGN: Models*SB624153075, *5B624.75110 PBA246, PBA248, PBA2410, PBA1206, PBA1208 and PBA12010 vibrating bells. Suitable for outdoor use when used with Model BBK-1 backbox. Models are AC or DC powered and available in 6", 8" and 10'. Models MBA-6,-8 and -10 bells, suitable for outdoor use when used with Model BBX-1 backbox. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: PBA-246, -248, -2410: 24 VAC PBA-1206,-1208,-12010: 120 VAC MBA-6, -8, -10: 12 or 24 VDC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instruction, applicable codes & ordinances, and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as audible devices for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. If this appliance is required to produce a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 2002 Edition, the appliance must be used with a fire alarm control unit that can generate the temporal pattern signal. Refer to manufacturer's Installation Manual for details. NOTE: "Rev 5-17-2007jw This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2013 Listing Expires June 30, 2014 Authorized By: JAMES PARSEGIAN, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general Signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (101 mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8' (200mm) and 10' (250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120 VAC I2VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alanii General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -400 to 150°F (400 to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK- I weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox Notes: Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (I) 6(150) 12VDC MBA126 1750070 .12A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBAI28 1750080 .12A 90 77 10(250) 12VDC IvIBA1210 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 1 24VDC MBA246 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(200) 24VDC MBA248 1750110 .06A 91 79 10(250) 24VDC M1BA2410 1750090 .06A 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8(200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10(250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6(150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) 120VAC PBA1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10 (250) I20VAC PBAI20I0 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or BBX-l. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC •2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y PAGE I OF 2 5108 Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. 2 Box has one threaded 1/2" conduit entrance (E)POTTER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC Bells Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. I Wiring (rear view) Fig. 3 A.C. BELLS WHITE(IN) WHITE(OUT) FROM CONTROL PAN EL OR PRECEDING DELL BLACK (N BLACK (0111)) CAUTION': WHEN ELEcTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. NOTES: I. WHEN USING AC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELYAPTER LAST SELL. 2. END-OP-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ONAC BELLS. 211/16" (68) GWEN 776-I DWGI 776-3 DWGR 336.2 41/4" (IOU) Installation The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90" AFF and not less than 6" below the ceiling. Remove the gong. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down). Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). IWATRN I N}3 Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG. 45400776 - REV Y PAGE 2 OF 2 5/08 VSR (g) _Mmmab~ POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Ak WARNING installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. General Information The Model VSR is a vane type waterfiow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" thru 8' (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering Information chart. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Enclosure The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. Installation (See Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. on horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the vaterflow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. UL, CULand CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCBApproved, For CE Marked (EN12259-5)/VdS Approved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR)-UL Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM (15-38 LPM)- UL Maximum Surge: I8 FPS (5.5m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets ofSPDT (Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps mm. at 24VDC Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2' conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: NEMA 4/1P54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F (4.5°C - 49°C) - UL Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148 Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030 Note: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill. (see Fig. 1) Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterfiow. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque. (see Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. Specifications subject to change without notice. Ordering information Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number DNSO VSR-2 1144402 2 1/2" DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 DN80 VSR-3 1144403 - VSR-3 1/2 1144435 K31/2" -> 4" DNIOO VSR-4 1144404 - VSR-5 1144405 DN150 VSR-6 1144406 8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833- www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95401146 - REV K PAGE I OF 3 12/08 MOUCIOK 111USD ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS Ill OIRECISON OF WATEHFLOW OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW DIRECTiON OF HOOD IEEIE (Flossing o'aler ad/Idles device in one direciion only) Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe O.D. Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts Torque inch lulls inch mni inch ITIFTI fl-lb n-In VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 1.25 +1251-062 33.0±2.0 20 27 VSR-2 1/2 21/2 2.875 73.0 VSR-2 1/2 2 1/2 0N65 3.000 76.1 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 2.00±125 50.8±2.0 VSR-3 1/2 31/2 4.000 101.6 VSR-4 4 - DNIOO 4.500 114.3 VSR-5 5 - 5.563 141.3 VSR-6 6 DNISO 6.625 168.3 VSR-8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the teniiinal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. I A CAUTION I Waterfiow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterfiow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air, or short retard times. Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Break out thin section of cover when wiring both To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at switches from one conduit entrance, I inside edge of knockouts, not in the center. MFG. #5401146 - REV K PAGE 2 OF 3 12/08 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Fig.1 REYIRD OOJUNTSIUVII TIlE DEERE CAN OR AIIJASTEO SC ROTATING lifE RUT100.Io,00rslr.Irr KNoll rRou I SO nil IONS SEllING lUAU SLCONUOI.I fILlING lItERS SIIOULI) flESUTAT THE MINISOuNI REQUIRED IOPOEVIWI DO SOT LEAVEC000R 011100 E.'IIENOEOPUOODOFTEOI TIGIITIA) NUTS ALTEROI.RTELV itJ 1t ADAPTER SOAPIER -I Ifl- DNSG ONLY USE (2) 5100162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN AROSE Fig. 2 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal - 6lCOTN Fig. 3 Typical Electrical Connections NEGATIVE DC OR NEUTRAL AC OSflIVE DC N HOT AC -LOW ZONE 0 PANEL Notes: The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical entry must be sealed to exclude moisture. For supervised circuits see "Switch Terminal Connections" drawing and caution note (Fig. 2). PRINTED IN USA NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +44,5 nun (+ 1-3/4) FOR DNSO- DN65 (2- 2-Id NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +54,0 nun (+ 2. lIE") FOR mISS - DN200 (3- 0) EW5 U-BOLT NUT U-BOLT \\'ASHER PIPE SADDLE PIPE PLASTIC PADDLE U.BOLT IA. '4") VSR (E)POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Compatible Pipe Model Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe 0.0. Pipe Wall Thickness Schedule 10 (UL) Schedule 40 (UL) BS-1387 (LPC) DN (VDS) inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm VSR-2 2 DNSO 2.375 60.3 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 VSR-2 1/2 2 1/2 2.875 73.0 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 VSR-2 1/2 0N65 j 3.000 76.1 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 VSR-3 1/2 3 1/2 4.000 101.6 1 0.120 1 3.05 0.226 1 5.74 VSR-4 4 DNIOO 4.500 114.3 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 VSR-5 5 5.563 141.3 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 VSR-6 j 6 DN150 1 6.625 168.3 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0,157 4.0 VSR-8 1 8 DN200 1 8,625 219.1 0,148 3.76 0,322 8,18 1 0,248 1 6.3 1 0.177 1 4.5 Note: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system should be in accordance with applicable NFI5A Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve, that is usually located at the end of the most remote branch line, should always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device. Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly for leaks. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterfiow switch should provide years of trouble-flee service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030. There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. Removal To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterfiow detectors are removed or replaced. Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring. Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterfiow detector saddle. Lift detector clear of pipe. Important Notice Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Mounting Dimensions DWGS 1146.6 PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95401146 - REV K PAGE 3 OF 3 12/08 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7770-0328:0001 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7770 -- VALVES/SWITCHES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: BillWpottersignal.com DESIGN: Vane and pressure type water flow alarm switches listed below. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. Vane Types: VSR-CF VSR-D VSR-F VSR-SF VSR-FE-2 VS-SP VS-F VSR-SFG VSR-SFT VSG VSR VSR-S VSR-C VSR-ST VSR-SG Pressure Type: WFS-B WFSR-C WFSPD-B PS10 PS-10A PS-bOA WFSR-F PS100 INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL or FM label. APPROVAL: Listed as waterflow alarm switches for use with fire sprinkler systems. Vane models may be used in wet pipe systems; pressure models may be used in wet or dry systems. Model VSR-CF is for use on K, L or M copper pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3", 4") and listed CPVC pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3"). Model VSR-SF for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 steel, copper or listed plastic pipe. Model VSG is for low flow rate. Model VSR-SFG and VSR-SFT are for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 plastic pipe. Models VS-F, VSR-F, VSR-FE and VSR-FE-2 is for use on 2", 2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2", 4", 5", 6", 8" and 10" pipe. *Model VSR is for use on steel pipe sizes from 2" through 8". Vane type switches may be used outdoors when the outdoor temperature never falls below 40oF. Rev*5172007 jw This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2013 Listing Expires June 30, 2014 Authorized By: JAMES PARSEGIAN, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division 8655 MIRAMAR PLACE - SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 OFFICE: (858-623-2733) - FAX (858-623-2753) CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO. C 16-388358 FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS liptors Test Connections lnstalleti4je test line of sprinkler systems to test alarms by simulating the flow of water through a sprinkler. Model A - 151tR4 Test Connection Designed for installation I?tst lines of sprinkler systems that connect to open drains. pipe connections. Orifice gives flow e i alent to one nomi- nal 1/2 (15mm) orifice sprinkler. Length: 11/8" (48mm). Maximum working pressure: 175p5i (12bar). Model B - Sight Test ConnecJiGr( Designed for installation on the dii-te of the test valve in a test line that connects to drain. Made of cast iron wJtie1r tube. Smooth bore non—corrosive orifice give JQwuivalent to one nominal 1/2" (15mm) orifice spriI&ras 1" NFl pipe connections. th: 51/16" (129mm). Model UA - Water Pressure Gauge Range 0 to 300psi in 5psi increments, and 0 to 2000 kPa in 50kPa increments. 1/4" NFl (R'/4) male pipe connection. Case: 31/2" diameter (89mm). Height: 43/4" (121mm). Also available (not shown) with a range of 0 to 600p5i (4000kPa) with lopsi (100kPa) increments. Accuracy: ANSI B40.1 Grade B (3-2-3%) Underwriters Laboratories Listed, WIKA Instrument Model 111. 10. UL Listed file EX5232 Factory Mutual Approved 1Vkel UA - Air Pressure Gauge Range 0 Opsi in ipsi increments, and 0 to 550kPa in lOkPa incremen . etard to 250p5i and 1750kPa. 1/4" NFl (R'/4) male pipe conn n. Case: 31/2" diameter (89mm). Height: 43/4" (121 mm). Accuracy: ANSI B40.1 Grade B (3-2-3%)--. Underwriters Laboratories Listed, WIKA Instru Model 111.10, UL Listed file EX5232 Factory Mutual Approved Low Air Pressure D .phfagm Gauge Range 0 to 60 oz. inJ._e1 increments, and 1/4" NPT (R 1/4) male pipe conni. Case /2 diameter (63.5mm). Height: 31/2" (88.9i1) The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the united States, Canada and foreign countries. Manufactured by The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. AQ4 Recycled ® (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices _L Paper Reliabi li(914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 10113 P/N 9999970037 II MSDS No.: 259 Revision No 010 Revision Date: 08/17/04 -- Page 1of2 '0 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Product name FS ONE High Performance Intumescent Firestop Sealant Description One part acrylic based sealant Supplier Hilti Inc.'P.O.Box 21149, Tulsa OK 74121 Emergency # (Chem Trec) 1 800 424 9300 (USA'*,PR Virgin Islands Canada) 001703-527 3887 (other countries) INGREDIEJTS AND EXPOSURE LIMITS Lingredients,: ... :, 0 .sNüibêr:, PEL: . ., TL\. .. Polyacrylate dispersion Mixture NE NE NE Calcium carbonate 0013-17-65-3 5 mg/rn3 (T) 10 mg/rn3 (T) NE Zinc borate 138265.-8870 NE NE NE Ammonium 'polyphosphate .068333-79-9 NE NE NE Talc 014807-96-6 20 rnppcf 2 mg/m3 NE Expandable graphite 012777-87-6 5 mg/rn3 (1) 2 Mg/M3 (T) NE Ethylene glycol 000107 211 NE C 100 mg/m3 (A) NE Polybutene 009003 -29-6 NE NE NE Iron oxide 001309-37-1 10 rng/m3 5 mg/rn3 NE Glass filament 065.997-1773 NE 5 Mg/ft 3 (T) NE Silicon dioxide 014808-60-7 0.05 mg/rn3 (T) 0.1 mg/m3 (1) NE Water 007732-18-5 NE NE NE Abbreviations PEL = OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit TLV = ACGIH Threshold Limit Value C- Ceiling STEL = Short Term Exposure Limit.. NE = None Established. .NA = Not Applicable. (1) indicates as total dust (R) indicates "as respirable fraction".: (A) indicates as an aerosol mppcf = million particles per cubic foot 0 0 HYSlCALATA Appearance Red paste Odor Odorless Vapor Density (air = 1) Not determined Vapor Pressure: .23mbar @ 20C /68F Boiling Point Not applicable VOC Content 75 0 g/L Evaporation Rate Not applicable Solubility in Water Soluble Specific Gravity 1 5 pH Not determined 0 . 'FlREANb:ExpL'osIoN HAZARD DATA Flash Point Non-flammable.: Flammable Limits Not applicable Extinguishing Media Not applicable Use extinguishing media as appropriate for surrounding fire Special Fire Fighting None known Use a self-contained breathing apparatus when fighting fires involving chemicals 0 Procedures: Unusual Fire and Explosion None known Thermal decomposition products can be formed such as oxides of carbon sulfur azards: rid phosphorous . .: •. .. .: 0 0: O •O 0 ....a: '.: ..... . REACTIVITY DATA 000 Stability - 0• 0 Stable Hazardous Polymerization Will not occur. Incompatibility Strong acids peroxides and oxidizing agents Dec orri position Products Thermal decomposition can yield CO and CO Conditions to Avoid None known . 0$X.0 0: 0 00 .. : HEALTH HAZARD DATA Known Hazards None known Signs and Symptoms of Possibly irritating upon contact with the eyes or upon repeated contact with the skin Exposure MthCEII Conditions Eye and skin conditions. 00 H . : ..: 0 .:' . .. 0 •O .: Aggravated by Exposure Roites ol Exposure Dermal 1-liLTi ® is a registered trademark of Hilti Corp Carcinogenicity IARC classifies crystalline silica (quartz sand) as Group I based upon evidence among workers in industries where there has been long-term and chronic exposure (via inhalation) to silica dust e g mining quarry stone crushing refractory brick and pottery workers This product does not pose a dust hazard therefore this classification is not relevant Based upon the nature and intended use of this product it does not pose an increased cancer risk to workers '. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES Eyes Immediately flush with plenty of water Call a physician if symptoms occur Skin Immediately wipe off material and wash with soap and water Material can adhere to the skin If material has adhered to the skin use an abrasive containing hand cleaner If material does not come off buff with a pumice stone Inhalation Move victim to fresh air if discomfort develops Call a physician if symptoms persist Ingestion Seek medical attention Do not induce vomiting unless directed by a physician If 'a large quantity was ingested, give 1 tó.2 glasses' of water to dilute. r give anything by inouth to an Unconscious person. .: ...: :..: ....: ....: . . Other Referral to a physician is recommended if there is any question about the seriousness of the injury/exposure CONTROL MEASURES AND PERSONAL PROTECTIVE MENTAINMIJINIMM 'Ventilation: General (naturallor mechanically induced fresh air movements). Eye Protection Not required however safety glasses should be worn in most industrial settings Skin Protection Avoid skin contact Cloth gloves are suitable for hand protection Respiratory Protection:None normally required Where ventilation is inadequate to control vapors use a NIOSH approved respirator with organic vapor cartridges Never enter a confined space without an appropriate air supplied respirator PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE Handling and Storing .<. St&re.in a cool, dry area preferably betwééri 400 and 770 F. Keep .from freézirig. Do not. store in. Precautions direct sunlight Avoid contact with the eyes or skin Practice good hygiene i.e. always wash thoroughly after handling and before eating or smoking For industrial use only. Keep out of reach of children Follow label/use instructions Spill Procedures Immediately wipe away spilled material before it hardens Place in a container for proper disposal in accordance with all applicable local state or federal requirements REGULATORY INFORMATION Hazard Communication This MSDS has been prepared in accordance with the federal OSHA Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910 1200 HMIS Codes Health 1 Flammability 0 Reactivity .Q,, PPE B DOT Shipping Name Not regulated IATA /ICAO Shipping Name Not regulated TSCA Inventory Status Chemical components listed on TSCA inventory SARA Title Ill Section 313 This product contains < 3% ethylene glycol (CAS 107211) and <':1 5% zinc borate (re zinc compounds) which are subject to reporting under Section 313 of SARA Title III (40 CFR' Part 372).: EPA Waste Code(s) Not regulated by EPA as :a hazardous waste Waste Disposal Methods Consult with regulatory agencies or your corporate personnel for disposal methods that comply with local state and federal safety, health and environmental regulations CONTACTS Customer Service . . . . . . 1 800 8798000 Technical Service 1 800 879 8000 Health I Safety . 1 800 879 6000 Jerry Metcalf (x6704) Emergeicy # (C hem Trec) W. 1 800 424 9300 (USA PR Virgin Islands Canada) 001 7035 27 3887 (other countries) The information and recommendations contained herein are based upon data believed to be correct however, no guarantee or warranty of any kind expressed or implied is made with respect to the information provided MSDS.259,. Page 2 of 2 Product Information I III FS-ONE High Performance Intumescent Firestop Sealant Product description O Intumescent (expands when exposed to fire) firestop sealant that helps protect combustible and non-combustible penetrations for up to 4 hours fire rating Product features O Smoke, gas and water resistant after material has cured O Contains no halogen, solvents or asbestos O High fire rating properties O Water based, easy to clean O Protects most typical firestop penetration applications O Paintable O Single component systems available O Meets LEEDTM requirements for indoor environmental quality credit 4.1 Low Emitting Materials, Sealants and Adhesives and 4.2 Paints and Coatings Areas of application O Steel, copper and EMT pipes O Insulated steel and copper pipes O Cable bundles O Closed or vented plastic pipes O HVAC penetrations For use with 0 Concrete, masonry, drywall and wood floor assemblies D Wall and floor assemblies rated up to 4 hours Examples O Sealing around combustible pipe penetrations in fire rated construction O Sealing around non-combustible penetrations in fire rated construction Installation instructions for FS-ONE [Technical Data* - Chemical basis FS-ONE Water-based intumescent acrylic dispersion Color Red Application temperature 40°F to 104°F (5°C to 40°C) Skin forming time Approx. 20-30 mm. Curing time Approx. 2 mm / 3 days Average volume shrinkage (ASTM C1241) 24.1% Movement capability Approx. 5% Expansion rate (unrestricted) Up to 3-5 times original volume Temperature resistance (cured) -40°F to 212°F (-40°C to 100°C) Surface burning characteristics (ASTM E 84-96) Flame Spread: 0 Smoke Development: 5 Sound transmission classification (ASTM _E 90-99) 56 (Relates to specific construction) Approvals California State Fire Marshal - No. 4485-1200:108 City of New York - MEA 326-96-M Vol. IV Tested in accordance with UL 1479 • ASTM E 814 • ASTM E 84 *At 73°F (23°C) and 50% relative humidity FOR USE IN THROUGH-PENETRATION 5510, FILL VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL C UI us F1RESTOP SYSTEMS I F1W 4e> FBe SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY I 66Y7 I APPROVED Notice 4. Smoothing of firestop sealant: To complete the • On materials where oil, plasticizers or solvents may Before handling, read Material Safety Data Sheet seal, tool immediately to give a smooth appearance, bleed i.e. impregnated wood, oil based seals, green and product label for safe usage and health Excess sealant, prior to curing, can be cleaned away or partially vulcanized rubber information, from adjacent surfaces and tools with water. • In any penetration other than those specifically Instructions below are general guidelines - always refer to the applicable drawing in the UL Fire Resistance Directory or Hilti Firestop Systems Guide for complete installation information Opening Clean the opening. Surfaces to which FS-ONE will be applied should be cleaned of loose debris, dirt, oil, moisture, frost and wax. Structures supporting penetrating items must be installed in compliance with local building and electrical standards. Application of firestop sealant Install the prescribed backfilling material type and depth to obtain the desired rating (if required). and sufficient depth for applying FS-ONE. Application of firestop sealant: Apply FS-ONE to the required depth in order to obtain the desired fire rating. Make sure FS-ONE contacts all surfaces to provide maximum adhesion. For application of FS-ONE use a standard caulking gun, foil peck gun, bulk loader and bulk gun. With FS-ONE buckets, Graco type sealant pumps may be used. (Contact pump manufacturer for proper selection). described in this manual or the test reports - Storage Store only in the original packaging in a location protected from moisture at temperatures between 40°F (5°C) and 86°F (30°C) Observe expiration date on the packag Underwater 1T 1. Clean opening. 2. Pack mineral wool. 3. Apply FS-ONE. 4. Smooth 5. leave completed 6. Fasten Identification Of required) FS-ONE. seal undaUnted tar plateftraquifodl. 48 hours. Ea 1. Clean opening. 2. Pack mineral wool 3. Apply FS-ONE. 4. Smooth 5. Leave completed 6. Fasten Identification Of required) FS-ONE. seat undisturbed tar plate (it required. 48 hours. Leave completed seal undisturbed for 48 hours. For maintenance reasons, a penetration seal could be permanently marked with an identification plate. In such a case, mark the identification plate and fasten it in a visible position next to the seal. Not for use High movement expansion joints Hilti. Outperform. Outlast. 22 Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 • www.us.hilti.com • en espanol 1-800-879-5000 • Hilti Firestop Systems Guide / Certificate Number 20100512-R13240 Report Reference 2010 May 12 Issue Date 2010 May12 Page 1 of I U Underwriters L Laboratories Inc. Issued to: Hilti, Inc. 54 S 122ND East AVe Tulsa, OK 74146 USA This is to certify that Fill, Void or Cavity Materials representative samples of FS-ONE Have been investigated by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or any authorized licensee of UL in accordance with the Standard(s indicated on this Certificate. Standard(s) for Safety: ANSI/UL 1479, ANSJIUL 2079, CAN/ULC-Sl 15-05 Third Edition, revised March 1, 2010 Additional Information: FS-ONE Sealant for use in Joint Systems and FS-ONE for use in Through-Penetration Firestop Systems as currently described in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Only those products bearing the UL Classification Mark should be considered as being covered by UL's Classification and Follow-Up Service. The UL Classification Mark includes: UL in a circle symbol: with the word "CLASSIFIED" (as shown); a control number (may be alphanumeric) assigned by UL; a statement to indicate the extent of UL's evaluation of the product; and, the product category name (product identity) as indicated in the appropriate UL Directory. Look for the UL Classification Mark on the product Issued by: Review Mona Couloute Chris . J nson - Underwriters Lahoratorie Inc. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. iiy information and cloetimentation in-.ihitig UI Mark services are provided on behalF of U side rwritei-s laboratories Inc. (Itl) or auiv authorized l ice nnec of UL. F P P I Description Fire Protection Products, Inc. Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets are designed to allow for spare sprinkler head storage as required by NFPA guidelines. The Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets are available in six configurations. Three head, six head, six head ESFR, twelve head, twenty-four head, and thirty-six head. All six styles are manufactured with "knockouts" to accommodate the most common size sprinklers. The shelf is positioned to allow for the storage of a typical sprinkler head wrench. Each cabinet is finished in red enamel. Each spare head cabinet comes with a hinged door which remains closed to protect the spare sprinklers from the elements and features holes on the back panel to allow for attachment to most surfaces utilizing the appropriate fasteners. Not intended for exposed or harsh environments. Installation Select the correct Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinet in accordance with the Automatic Sprinkler Systems Handbook. As per the 1989 Edition the correct number of spare sprinkler is as follows: 0-300 sprinklers, not less than 6; 300-1000, not less than 12; 1000 or more, not less than 24. Stock of spare sprinklers shall include all types and ratings installed.* Once the correct Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinet has been selected, installation is accomplished by inserting the correct fastener in each of the holes inside the cabinet, securing the cabinet securely to the wall. Insert the correct number and type of sprinklers in accordance with the "handbook". Final determination is subject to approval by the AHJ. Specifications Material: Steel - 22 Gauge Finish: Red enamel Styles: 3 Spare sprinklers, 1/2 or 3/4 6 Spare sprinklers, ½ or 3/4 6 Spare, ESFR, 1/2, 3/4 or 1" 12 Spare sprinklers /2 or 3/4 24 Spare sprinklers 36 Spare sprinklers 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL + 1760 599-1168 +1800 344-1822 F1( + 1 800 344-3775 © 2016 Fire Protection Products, Inc.